Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Apparel - Retail / Foot Locker

Foot Locker

fl · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker fl
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Apparel - Retail
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Foot Locker
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
330 WEST 34TH STREET 
New York, NY 10001

2018 ANNUAL REPORT

2
0
1
8
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

CUSTO MER 
CONNECTED

CUS TOMER 
CONNECTED

44842_Cover.indd   1-3

4/4/19   4:06 PM

 
 
Foot Locker, Inc. (NYSE:FL) is a leading global retailer of athletically inspired shoes and apparel.  Headquartered in New York City, 

the company operates 3,221 athletic retail stores in 27 countries, as well as websites and mobile apps, under the brand names 

Foot Locker, Champs Sports, Eastbay, Kids Foot Locker, Footaction, Lady Foot Locker, Runners Point, and Sidestep. 

With its various marketing channels and experiences across North America, Europe, Asia, Australia, and New Zealand, the 

Company’s purpose is to inspire and empower youth culture around the world, by fueling a shared passion for self-expression and 

creating unrivaled experiences at the heart of the sport and sneaker communities.

Financial Highlights*

 2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018

Sales** 

$ 7,151  $ 7,412   $ 7,766   $ 7,687  

 $ 7,939

Sales per Gross Square Foot 

$  490   $  504   $  515   $  495   $  504

  Earnings Before Interest and Taxes** 

$  816   $  946   $ 1,012   $  762  

 $  741 

  EBIT Margin 

  Net Income** 

 11.4% 

 12.8% 

 13.0% 

  9.9% 

  9.3%

$  522  

 $  606  

 $  652  

 $  510  

 $  547

  Net Income Margin 

  7.3% 

  8.2% 

  8.4% 

  6.6% 

  6.9%

  Diluted EPS from Continuing Operations 

 $  3.58  

 $  4.29  

 $  4.82  

 $  3.99  

 $  4.71

  Return on Invested Capital 

 15.0% 

 15.8% 

 15.1% 

 11.0% 

 12.0%

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term  
  Investment Position, Net of Debt** 

$  833   $  891   $  919  $  724   $  767

* Results in this table and throughout pages 1 through 16 refer to non-GAAP, adjusted figures, on a 52-week basis. 
  See pages 16-19 of Form 10-K for the reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP adjusted results. 

** In Millions

Financial Highlights .............................................................   1 
Customer Connected ...........................................................   2
Letter to Shareholders ........................................................   3
COLLECTIONS ......................................................................   7
CONTENT .............................................................................   9
COMMUNITY.........................................................................   11

CONNECTIVITY .....................................................................   13
CONVENIENCE .....................................................................   15
Social Responsibility ............................................................   17
Form 10-K ............................................................................   18
Board of Directors, Corporate Management, 
Division Management, Corporate Information ....................  IBC

This  report  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  federal  securities  laws.  Other  than  statements  of  historical  facts,  all  statements 
which address activities, events, or developments that the Company anticipates will or may occur in the future, including, but not limited to, such things as future 
capital expenditures, expansion, strategic plans, financial objectives, dividend payments, stock repurchases, growth of the Company’s business and operations, 
including future cash flows, revenues, and earnings, and other such matters, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on 
many assumptions and factors which are detailed in the Company’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

These forward-looking statements are based largely on our expectations and judgments and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which 
are unforeseeable and beyond our control. For additional discussion on risks and uncertainties that may affect forward-looking statements, see “Risk Factors” 
disclosed  in  the  2018  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Any  changes  in  such  assumptions  or  factors  could  produce  significantly  different  results.  The  Company 
undertakes no obligation to update forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. 

1

44842_Cover.indd   4-6

BOAR D OF 
DIRECTORS

COR POR ATE 
MANAGEMENT 

DIVI SION   
MANAGEMENT

Richard A. Johnson 1
Chairman 
President and Chief Executive Officer

Richard A. Johnson 
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer  

Maxine Clark 3, 5
Founder and Retired  
Chief Executive Bear 
Build-A-Bear Workshop, Inc.

Alan D. Feldman 3, 5
Retired Chairman,  
President and Chief  
Executive Officer
Midas, Inc.   

Guillermo G. Marmol 1, 2, 5
President 
Marmol & Associates

Matthew M. McKenna 1, 2, 5
Executive in Residence  
Georgetown University,  
McDonough School of Business;  
General Partner  
Open Prairie Rural Opportunities 
Fund, L.P.

Steven Oakland 1, 3, 4 
Chief Executive Officer and President
TreeHouse Foods, Inc.

Lauren B. Peters 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

Pawan Verma 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Information and  
Customer Connectivity Officer 

Giovanna Cipriano
Senior Vice President and
Chief Accounting Officer

Stephen D. Jacobs 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Executive Officer—  
North America

Franklin R. Bracken
Vice President and General  
Manager, Foot Locker U.S. and 
Lady Foot Locker

Andrew I. Gray
Vice President and  
Chief Merchandising Officer

Guy M. Harkless
Vice President and General  
Manager, Foot Locker Canada 

Sheilagh M. Clarke 
Senior Vice President, 
General Counsel and Secretary

Bryon W. Milburn
Senior Vice President and  
General Manager, Champs Sports

Todd Greener 
Senior Vice President—
Global Supply Chain

Scott Martin
Senior Vice President, 
Chief Strategy and  
Development Officer

Kenneth W. Side 
Vice President and General  
Manager, Footaction

Sreeharsha Upadhyayula 
Vice President and General  
Manager, Eastbay

Ulice Payne, Jr. 2, 4  
President and Managing Member 
Addison-Clifton, LLC

Elizabeth S. Norberg
Senior Vice President and
Chief Human Resources Officer

Vijay Talwar 
Executive Vice President and Chief 
Executive Officer—EMEA

Cheryl Nido Turpin 3, 4
Retired President and 
Chief Executive Officer
The Limited Stores

James R. Lance 
Vice President 
Corporate Finance and 
Investor Relations 

Kimberly K. Underhill 1, 3, 5
President, North America Consumer
Kimberly-Clark Corporation

John A. Maurer 
Vice President, 
Treasurer 

Dennis E. Sheehan
Vice President and
Deputy General Counsel

Caryn M. Steinert
Vice President—
Global Total Rewards

Dona D. Young 1, 2, 4   
Lead Director
Retired Chairman,  
President and Chief Executive Officer
The Phoenix Companies, Inc.

1   Member of Executive Committee

2   Member of Audit Committee

3   Member of Compensation and  

Management Resources Committee

4   Member of Nominating and  

Corporate Governance Committee

5   Member of Finance and  

Strategic Planning Committee

Nicholas Jones 
Vice President and General  
Manager, Foot Locker Europe

Kick van der Staak
Vice President and General  
Manager, Runners Point and 
Sidestep 

Lewis P. Kimble 
Executive Vice President and Chief 
Executive Officer—Asia Pacific 

Natalie Ellis 
Vice President and General  
Manager, Foot Locker Pacific

Tomas Petersson  
Vice President and General  
Manager, Foot Locker Asia 

CO RPO RATE 
INFORMATION

Corporate Headquarters
330 West 34th Street 
New York, New York 10001 
(212) 720-3700 

Worldwide Website 
Our website at www.footlocker-inc.com 
offers information about our Company, 
as well as online versions of our Form 
10-K, SEC reports, quarterly results, 
press releases, and corporate gover-
nance documents.   

Transfer Agent and Registrar 
Computershare
P.O. Box 505000
Louisville, Kentucky 40233 
(866) 857-2216 
(201) 680-6578 Outside U.S. and Canada 
(800) 952-9245 Hearing Impaired -TTY Phone 
www.computershare.com/investor  

Overnight correspondence  
should be sent to:  
462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600, 
Louisville, Kentucky 40202 

Independent Registered Public  
Accounting Firm 
KPMG LLP
345 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10154
(212) 758-9700

Dividend Reinvestment 
Dividends on Foot Locker, Inc. 
common stock may be reinvested 
through participation in the Dividend 
Reinvestment Program. Participating 
shareowners may also make optional 
cash purchases of Foot Locker, Inc. 
common stock. Please contact our 
Transfer Agent. 

Service Marks and Trademarks
The service marks and trademarks  
Foot Locker, Footaction, Lady Foot 
Locker, Kids Foot Locker, Champs 
Sports, footlocker.com, Eastbay, Team 
Edition, SIX:02, Runners Point, and 
Sidestep are owned by Foot Locker, Inc. 
or its affiliates.  

Investor Information 
Investor inquiries should be directed 
to the Investor Relations Department 
at  (212) 720-4600.

4/4/19   4:06 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
CUSTOMER  CO NN ECTED

COLLECT IONS

Deliver the most compelling 
and unique assortments  pg.7

CONVEN IENCE

CON TE N T

Reimagine the retail and 
merchandising experience 
through speed, data and 
analytics  pg.15

CUSTOMER 
CUSTOMER 
CONNECTED
CONNECTED

Engage consumers with 
powerful stories across 
multiple channels  pg.9

CONNECTIVITY

COMMUNITY

Empower the consumer with 
new pathways to participate, 
connect and share  pg.13

Focus on building trust and 
authentic relationships at a 
hyper-local level  pg.11

44842_Promo.indd   1

2

4/4/19   4:08 PM

2015 
Five-Year 
2014  Objectives 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018  

2019 - 2023
Long-Term
Objectives

Sales (billions) 
Sales per Gross Square Foot 
Adjusted EBIT Margin 
Adjusted Net Income Margin 
Return on Invested Capital 

 $ 7.2  
 $490  
11.4% 
7.3% 
15.0% 

$  10 
$600 
12.5% 
8.5% 
17% 

 $ 7.4  
 $504  
12.8% 
8.2% 
15.8% 

 $ 7.8  
 $515  
13.0% 
8.4% 

 $ 7.7  
 $495  
9.9% 
6.6% 
15.1%  11.0% 

 $ 7.9  
 $504  
9.3% 
6.9% 
12.0%

 Mid-Single Digit CAGR 
 $525 - $575 
Low Double-Digits 
High-Single Digit 
Mid-Teens

CUSTOME R  CONNECTED

Dear Shareholders, 

I am very pleased to welcome you to Foot Locker, Inc.’s 2018 
Annual Report, which will review our Company’s many accom-
plishments during the year and introduce you to our new strate-
gic framework and long-term goals.

In my letter to you in last year’s annual report, I highlighted how 
our customers’ rapidly-changing preferences and shopping 
behaviors – fueled by nearly simultaneous access to infor-
mation, influences, and ideas from around the world – were 
challenging not only for our company but the broader retail 
industry.  One year later, I am pleased to be able to report that 
by focusing on elevating the customer experience – taking 
advantage of the power of our portfolio of banners and leverag-
ing our strategic partnerships with the best brands in the world 
– we continued to differentiate our business and built positive
momentum through each quarter of 2018.

As we look to 2019 and beyond, we see a world filled with 
untapped possibilities, where we will continue to build on 
our strengths and seize opportunities to evolve our business 
through the development of our physical and digital assets.  In 
addition, we will look to continue to expand into new markets 
and explore new growth opportunities by making strategic 
investments that strengthen our capabilities and connections to 
our customers.

2018 Financial and Operational Highlights

Our momentum in 2018 was fueled by the improving breadth 
and depth of top trending footwear and apparel assortments as 
well as by the steps we are taking to share the excitement and 
energy of sneaker culture with our consumers.  With this focus 
in mind, we achieved some notable highlights, including:

• Total sales of $7.94 billion increased 3.3 percent, including a

comparable sales gain of 2.7 percent.

• Gross margin rate improved to 31.8 percent of sales.

• Inventory turnover rate finally exceeded our long-term goal
of 3 times – an accomplishment which reflects our focus on
driving productivity.

• Non-GAAP net income rose to $547 million, up 7.3% over

last year’s $510 million.

• Adjusted earnings per share increased 18 percent to

$4.71, due to the increase in net income and the meaning-
ful returns to shareholders through our share repurchase
program.

Looking beyond our financial performance, 2018 was also a 
year of other achievements including:

• We leveraged our position as a key strategic partner to
deliver distinct and exciting products in scale from our
valued merchandise partners.  We teamed up with Nike,
Jordan, and adidas to develop engaging campaigns and pro-
grams that created deeper emotional connections with our
customers through exclusive product offerings and hyper-lo-
cal community experiences.

• Our banners built leading positions in up-trending lifestyle
brands, including Champion, Fila, and Vans – bringing even
more choices to our global customer base.

• We rolled-out our new Power Store format, starting with

our first two locations in the U.K.  In addition to offering an
impressive selection of premium sneakers and apparel,
these stores bring an enhanced customer experience
designed to inspire youth culture, and connect to, and cele-
brate their local communities.

• In collaboration with our partners at Brand Jordan, we

opened a new Jumpman Store in historic downtown Los
Angeles.  In addition to curated Jordan collections, this pin-
nacle retail experience offers footwear and apparel custom-
ization spaces, a Flight Lab, and Flight Lounges.  This store
also features activation spaces for brand storytelling and has
a regulation-size basketball court on the roof, which is used
to host local community events.

• The Foot Locker banner expanded into Asia with the open-
ing of our first three stores in Singapore, one store in Kuala
Lumpur, Malaysia, and a Power Store in Hong Kong – the
first truly premium, multi-brand destination in the market.
We also launched our digital channels in all three of these
markets and made an initial digital entry into mainland
China with a limited offering through Tmall.

• We completed the upgrades of our North America digital

sites to a new, more responsive platform and launched our
reimagined mobile apps.  Together, these enhancements
created an elevated consumer experience, with better
storytelling, greater functionality, and exciting new features,
including our first new Augmented Reality initiative,
“The Hunt.”

• Finally, in early 2019 we realigned our organization operating
model into three distinct geographic regions – 1) Europe,
Middle East, and Africa (EMEA), 2) Asia Pacific, and 3) North
America – creating capacity for our teams to focus solely on
growing the business within each region, while leveraging
our global strength.

3

44842_Promo.indd   2

4/4/19   4:08 PM

 
Total Sales (in billions)

Earnings Per Share

$7.8 $7.7

$7.9

$7.4

$7.2

$6.5

$6.1

$5.6

$4.9 $5.0

$4.82

 $4.71 

 $4.29 

 $3.99 

 $3.58 

 $2.78 

 $2.47 

 $1.82 

 $1.10 

 $0.54 

  2009  2010  2011  2012  2013  2014  2015  2016  2017  2018
2016
2009
2018

2009
2011

2010
2012

2011
2013

2012
2014

2013
2015

2014
2016

2015
2017

2010

2017

2018

2009

2010

  2009  2010  2011  2012  2013  2014  2015  2016  2017  2018
2018

2017

2009
2011

2010
2012

2011
2013

2012
2014

2015
2017

2016
2018

2014
2016

2013
2015

Future of Women’s

We have been on a mission to evolve and grow our women’s 
business over the past several years and have made progress, 
gaining insights to deepen our engagement with our female 
consumers.  We recognize the important contributions that she 
makes to youth culture and we believe we can take our wom-
en’s business to the next level by leveraging the power of our 
core banners to drive revenue and profitability through more 
connected experiences for her. 

This new positioning will enable us to serve a broader consumer 
base through our differentiated family of brands, build on the 
strength of our vendor partnerships to offer greater depth and 
breadth of product, and provide elevated experiences through 
our real estate and digital touch points.  As part of our redefined 
women’s strategy, we decided to wind down our SIX:02 banner 
and focus our resources inside our existing core banners. 

We plan to increase our women’s presence across our current 
fleet of stores to create unique experiences, dedicated women’s 
spaces, in-store concepts, and community activations dedicated 
to her.  In addition, we will continue to leverage our investment 
in Carbon38 to gain greater insights into a broader customer 
base and accelerate our connection with female shoppers.

New Strategic Framework

As we analyzed the ways our customers’ expectations have 
changed, the multitude of influences that reach them on their 
mobile devices, and their continued passion for self-expression, 
it became clear that we needed to evolve in order to remain 
relevant and connected to our customers.  

To address this need, we broadened our purpose from simply 
being a retailer of sneakers and apparel, to truly inspiring and 
empowering youth culture.  We intend to achieve this by fueling 
a shared passion for self-expression and creating unrivaled 
experiences at the heart of the sport and sneaker communities.

To drive this vision, we created a new Customer Connected 
strategic framework, with five essential touchpoints  
(our “Five Cs”):

Collections:   Deliver the most compelling and 

unique assortments  

Content:  

Engage consumers with powerful stories  
across multiple channels
Community:   Focus on building trust and authentic  

relationships at a hyper-local level

Connectivity:   Empower the consumer with new pathways  

to participate, connect, and share

Convenience:  Reimagine the retail and merchandising  

experience through speed, data, and analytics

By executing against this framework, we believe we will  
have the focus and tools to achieve our four key strategic 
imperatives:

1)  Elevate the customer experience 
2)  Invest for long-term growth
3)  Drive productivity
4)  Leverage the power of our people

The pages that follow will contain some additional insights and 
examples of the progress we have made as we have begun to 
implement our new strategic framework.

Long-Term Objectives

Along with our new strategic framework and imperatives, 
we have updated our five-year financial targets for the 2019 
through 2023 period.  Overall, we continue to aspire to consis-
tently be a top quartile performer, with:

•  Compounded annual sales growth in the  

Mid-Single Digit range

•  Sales per Gross Square Foot of $525 - $575
•  Earnings Before Interest and Taxes Margin in the  

Low Double-Digit range

•  Net Income Margin in the High-Single Digit range
•  Return on Invested Capital in the Mid-Teens range
•  Inventory Turnover of 3 – 4 times

We will continue to build on the strong fundamentals we have 
in place today as we leverage our deepening customer connec-
tions to reach these new goals and adapt to the rapidly chang-
ing marketplace.  

Investing for the Future

In 2018, we reallocated a significant portion of our capital and 
operating spending to enhance our digital and logistics capabili-
ties.  We made substantial progress in updating our digital plat-
forms, relaunching our mobile apps, testing the potential value 
of Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) technology, rolling-out 
our new point-of-sale software, and laid the groundwork for 
what we believe will be an innovative new membership program.  

In addition, we began testing our newest store model, the Power 
Store, with locations in London and Liverpool in the U.K., Detroit 
and Philadelphia in the U.S., and in Hong Kong. This new store 
format is meant to serve as a hub for local sneaker culture, art, 
music, and sports – creating immersive brand connections that 
are tied to the neighborhoods they serve. 

In total, we invested $187 million into the business through our 
capital program in 2018.  In 2019, we plan to increase the pro-
gram to $275 million, with a focus on the evolution of our store 
fleet — including more than a dozen new Power Stores — and 
the further development of our digital and logistics capabilities, 
among other initiatives.

44842_Promo.indd   3

4

4/4/19   4:08 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
“We are constantly looking at new ways to elevate our customer experience  
and bring the excitement and energy of sneaker and youth culture to the people.”

We are constantly looking at new ways to elevate our customer 
experience and bring the excitement and energy of sneaker and 
youth culture to the people.  With this goal and our strategic 
imperatives in mind, we also announced several strategic invest-
ments, including minority stakes in:

•  Carbon38 – the world’s destination for women’s luxury 

activewear.  We expect this investment to provide us with 
industry insights in order to elevate the women’s business 
across Foot Locker, Inc.’s portfolio of brands. 

•  GOAT Group – One of the premier managed marketplaces for 
customers to buy and sell authentic sneakers.  The power of 
Foot Locker’s global footprint and GOAT Group’s digital capa-
bilities will enable us to provide an unmatched experience 
and elevate customer engagement across the entire sneaker 
industry.

•  PENSOLE Footwear Design Academy – together, Foot 

Locker, Inc., our vendor partners, and PENSOLE, will col-
laborate on new educational programs and the design and 
manufacturing of exclusive products for the Foot Locker, Inc. 
brands.

•  Rockets of Awesome – a children’s apparel company sim-
plifying the way parents shop by delivering high-quality, 
on-trend, handpicked items directly to customers.  Kids Foot 
Locker will create exclusive Rockets of Awesome shop-in 
shop destinations and be the largest retailer of their prod-
ucts in the U.S., in-store and online.

•  Super Heroic – a lifestyle brand that designs, manufactures, 
and markets innovative children’s footwear, clothing, and 
accessories.  Kids Foot Locker will be the first brick-and-
mortar retailer of Super Heroic products in the U.S.

These investments open opportunities to leverage innovative 
technologies, access new business segments, partner with 
bright, energetic, diverse entrepreneurial talent, and expand the 
breadth of products and brands that we offer.  Beyond that, we 
believe we can leverage these investments to create a richer, 
more diverse ecosystem for our customers that deepens their 
emotional connections to our brands.   

Enhancing Shareholder Returns

In addition to leveraging our financial strength to invest for 
the future, we continued to actively return cash directly to 
our shareholders.  In February 2019, our Board of Directors 
approved a 10 percent increase in our quarterly dividend rate, 
on top of the previous year’s 11 percent increase – marking the 
ninth consecutive year in which our Board has authorized a 
double-digit increase to the dividend rate, now standing at  
$1.52 per share on an annualized basis. 

In February 2019, the Board also authorized a new three-
year $1.2 billion share repurchase program, which replaced 
our prior $1.2 billion program.  During 2018, we spent $375 
million to repurchase 7.9 million shares of stock, bringing the 
total returned to shareholders to $533 million.  These actions 
demonstrate the Board’s confidence in our ability to simulta-
neously deliver strong financial results, invest in the long-term 
growth of the business, and provide meaningful returns to our 
shareholders.

Environmental, Social, and Governance

One other area I would like to recognize is the importance of 
environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) issues to the 
Company, our Board, and our shareholders.   To that end, Foot 
Locker’s ESG priorities are centered on the following core areas: 
Opportunity, Community, Worker Dignity, and Sustainability.  

Opportunity: Our goal is to create a diverse, safe, and inclusive 
work environment with the opportunity for advancement for our 
more than 40,000 employees.  At the end of fiscal 2018:

•  Women comprised 46% of our total workforce, 33% of  

our executives, and 44% of the Independent Directors on  
our Board;

•  84% of our employees in North America, and 22% of the 

independent directors of the Board, were persons of color.

In addition, Foot Locker promotes equal rights and fair treat-
ment for all its associates regardless of their race, gender, age, 
ethnicity, sexual orientation, disability, or national origin.

I’m proud to say that our efforts have not gone unnoticed.  
Foot Locker, Inc. has received several awards for our commit-
ment to workplace and board diversity.

Community: For many years, our Company has focused on 
efforts to support the communities where we do business 
around the world, with a particular focus on giving to those in 
need.   We bring this core value to life through our corporate 
giving, including raising and donating over $9 million for schol-
arships since 2004, donations of footwear and apparel through 
organizations such as the Fred Jordan Missions, and supporting 
programs such as The Pluryn Foundation in the Netherlands, 
The Starlight Children’s Foundation in Australia, and the 
Special Olympics in Canada.  We also encourage our non-store 
associates to make giving back a part of their life by providing 
them with paid time-off to volunteer in their communities.

Worker Dignity: We respect all workers involved in our supply 
chain, and are concerned for their safety and fair treatment, 
wherever they may be located.  We work hard to choose reputa-
ble business partners who are committed to ethical standards 
and business practices and distribute to them annually our 
Global Sourcing Guidelines (“GSG”), which require our vendors 
and suppliers globally to respect certain standards, which are at 
times more stringent than local laws.  We have also developed 
several other policies to address specific ESG concerns, includ-
ing Anti-Corruption and Conflict Minerals policies.  Finally, 
we regularly conduct factory audits through third party or our 
in-house auditors to confirm compliance with our standards, 
and we also reserve the right to make periodic, unannounced 
inspections to verify compliance with the GSG.

Sustainability: We aim to enhance the sustainability of our 
operations and value chains by implementing practices that are 
more efficient and have lower environmental impact and reduce 
our waste production.  Among these efforts are:  

•  Energy: Executing a multi-year process to replace all fluo-

rescent fixtures with LED lights—which use 80% less energy 
than conventional lights; 

5

44842_Promo.indd   4

4/4/19   4:08 PM

 
• Distribution: Reducing greenhouse gas emissions by

increasing the amount of freight we ship within each con-
tainer, using cleaner modes of transportation, and encour-
aging the use of fuel-saving strategies.  We are also enhanc-
ing our data collection to better measure results;

• Waste: Curtailing packaging waste by reusing boxes within
our supply chain system.  Also, we primarily utilize corru-
gated and biodegradable boxes and sell back several thou-
sand tons of corrugated boxes for recycling each year, and
we continue to search for additional solutions.

Conclusion

In summary, this is an exciting time for Foot Locker, Inc. The 
fundamentals of our core business remain strong and led to 
meaningful improvement in our financial results this past year.  
This positive performance was made possible by our team’s 
focus on executing our business plan.  We provided access to 
the most sought-after assortments to our customers, collabo-
rated with our strategic partners, both long-standing and new, 
to deliver innovative products and storytelling, and made our 
stores and digital channels unique and exciting destinations.

We are proud of what we accomplished in 2018, but we are just 
getting started on the next chapter of our journey to inspire 
and empower youth culture.  By focusing on our strategic 
imperatives, leveraging our global presence, and putting 
the customer at the center of everything we do, we are well 
positioned to build on our momentum, make progress towards 
achieving our updated long-term goals, and deliver long-term 
shareholder value.  

We know that our success is achieved through our work with a 
variety of outstanding and innovative partners.  These include 
our merchandise vendors, landlords, and many other important 
suppliers.  We thank you for your partnership and look forward 
to continuing to create value together now and into the future.

We are also very grateful to our Board of Directors, which has 
provided invaluable guidance and ongoing support as we devel-
oped our long-term strategies.  I also want to thank our world-
wide associates whose outstanding dedication and passion is 
critical in building the trust and authentic relationships with our 
customers that will help fuel our future success.  Finally, our 
shareholders:  I have gotten to know many of you over the past 
few years, and I truly appreciate the support you have shown the 
Company.  

I am confident and optimistic about the future of Foot Locker, 
Inc. and I look forward to updating you on our progress as we 
work to deliver on our exciting new vision for the company.

OU R PURP O SE

TO INSPIRE AND EMPOWER 
YOUTH CULTURE 

OU R  MI SS ION: 
To fuel a shared passion 
for self-expression 

OU R  VIS IO N: 
To create unrivaled lifestyle experiences 
for our consumers 

OU R PO SI TI ON : 
To be at the heart of the sport and 
sneaker communities

STRATEGIC IMPER ATI VES

• ELEVATE THE CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE

• INVEST FOR LONG TERM GROWTH

• DRIVE PRODUCTIVITY

• LEVERAGE THE POWER OF OUR PEOPLE

LONG-TERM OBJECTIV ES

SALES 
MID-SINGLE DIGIT CAGR

SALES PER SQUARE FOOT
$525 - $575

Richard A. Johnson
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

EARNINGS BEFORE INTEREST AND TAXES MARGIN
LOW DOUBLE-DIGITS

NET INCOME MARGIN
HIGH SINGLE-DIGIT

RETURN ON INVESTED CAPITAL
MID-TEENS

INVENTORY TURNOVER  
3-4 TIMES

6

4/4/19   4:08 PM

44842_Promo.indd   5

Sales Per Square Foot

$443 $460

$406

$333 $360

$490 $504 $515 $495 $504

CO LLECTI ONS

Our ability to deliver great product from our brand partners, cou-
pled with our passion for bringing incredible in-store, digital, and 
virtual experiences to our consumers; this is what differentiates us 
as a leader in the marketplace.  We are dedicated to driving youth 
culture through our strong partnerships, ventures, and invest-
ments, by which we strive to elevate the entire sneaker ecosystem.

Throughout 2018, we delivered innovative styles and collections, 
often as part of exclusive campaigns in partnership with our 
strategic vendors.  This product “heat” was a critical part of the 
accelerating momentum in our business, and included some of the 
following highlights:

•  We launched the “Discover Your Air Campaign,” our exclusive 
platform to showcase the best expression of Nike’s Air Max 
franchises, and celebrated the 20th anniversary of the iconic 
Tuned Air franchise.  Also with Nike, we released the “Home 
and Away” collection, which celebrated the vibrant sneaker 
communities of Houston, Atlanta, and Miami.  

•  Our partnership with adidas included several distinct con-

cepts.  The “Printed Series” featured different cities printed 
on NMDs, the “Unvaulted” concept brought back some of the 
most sought-after executions of Ultra Boost; and the “Asterisk” 
collective, an exclusive to Foot Locker, launched with the ‘90s 
inspired “Tresc Run.”

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

•  Another exciting program was the Timberland and Champion 
collaboration, with a footwear and apparel collection that con-
nected our customers with the iconic history of both brands.

•  Foot Locker partnered with Puma to release its 1980s inspired 
RS-X platform with the “Toys” and “Transformers” collections 
during the holiday season.

•  Within apparel, we launched Don C designed “One and Done” 

t-shirts, which sold out immediately the night of the NBA draft.  
The t-shirts were promoted in videos parodying ‘90s style 
informercials, featuring comedian Reggie Couz and basketball 
players Trae Young and LiAngelo Ball.  

• 

In partnership with Haddad and the Jordan Brand, Kids Foot 
Locker was the lead retailer of a line of Jordan apparel from 
Asahd Khaled, the son of music mogul DJ Khaled.

•  We offered an extensive assortment of new lifestyle brands, 

both in-store and online, to bring even more exciting products 
to our customers.  This included apparel from Champion, Fila, 
Kappa, Levi’s, Nautica, Polo, Tommy Hilfiger, and Calvin Klein; 
footwear from UGG and Vans; and accessories from Funko.

7

44842_Promo.indd   6

4/4/19   4:08 PM

1

44842_Promo.indd   7

8

4/4/19   4:08 PM

9

44842_Promo.indd   8

Sneakerness, Rotterdam

4/4/19   4:08 PM

CO NTEN T

Creating emotional connections with our consumers through 
compelling storytelling and concepts is almost as important as 
the product itself.  Whether leveraging influencers or celebrities 
or allowing consumers to share and engage with us in a way that 
seamlessly fits into their mobile and digitally-led lifestyles, we are 
always striving to elevate the customer experience from in-store to 
virtual to digital and beyond.   

•  Foot Locker’s Week of Greatness celebrated the growing diver-
sity of sneaker culture globally with our “#Because Sneakers” 
campaign, which included a long and diverse list of sneaker 
enthusiasts, such as streetwear designer Don C, musician Bad 
Bunny, R&B singer DaniLeigh, and NBA star Paul George.  

•  Foot Locker Europe deepened its connection to youth cul-

ture through programs with key fixtures of sneaker culture, 
including Sneakerness — Europe’s biggest sneaker convention 
— London Fashion Week, the U.K.’s Premier League, as well as 
with high profile European athletes.

•  Champs Sports partnered with Nike to create inspiring content 
on the “Refresh your Game” campaign, featuring the NBA’s Ben 
Simmons and NFL players Baker Mayfield, Travis Kelce, and 
Khalil Mack.  This content not only showcased their personal 
style but partnered them with friends and family to get a per-
sonal glimpse of who the athlete is off the court.

•  Footaction carried out the third year of holiday marketing with 
UGG as a key partner, with campaigns like UGG Cozy, designed 
to introduce the consumer to what is new and next in fashion. 

•  Our “Kids Talk Kicks” video series highlighted the hottest kids’ 
product drops each month in a fun and informational format.  
Each episode was hosted by kids and featured up-close views 
of, as well as facts about the product, such as its history, back-
story, and innovative technological components.

• 

In Canada, Foot Locker piloted “SOLE FOOD” - a new sneak-
er-inspired, food-centered video series hosted by local Toronto 
influencer, entrepreneur, and restaurateur Kai Bent-Lee.

44842_Promo.indd   9

10

4/4/19   4:08 PM

 
Net Income (in millions)

Net Income Margin

$652

$606

$522

$547

$510

8.2% 8.4%

7.3%

6.6%

6.2%

6.9%

6.6%

5.0%

3.4%

1.8%

$432

$380

$281

$173

$85

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

CO MMUN ITY

We are focused on delivering new, immersive, and innovative expe-
riences to our customers that generate excitement and connectiv-
ity around the things that fuel their passions. Our goal is to build 
trust and authentic relationships at a hyper-local level.  Whether 
tapping into local artists, incorporating local elements into store 
design, in-store activations, or product offerings, we are commit-
ted to creating emotional connections with our customers and 
providing experiences that truly resonate within the communities 
we serve.

•  Foot Locker introduced the Power Store concept in North 
America, the U.K., and Asia with new stores in Detroit and 
Philadelphia, London and Liverpool in the U.K., and Hong Kong.  
The stores opened with locally-centric product and local activa-
tions, were curated by local artists, and staffed with associates 
hired directly from the local community.

•  We partnered with up-and-coming Philadelphia music artist 
LGP Qua to give away sneakers to high school students, in-
cluding Jordan Retro 11 “Concords” in New York City and Puma 
RS-X sneakers in Philadelphia.  Qua has a desire to make 
school fun again and celebrate those students who work hard 
in school.

•  Foot Locker joined forces with Nike to introduce the new House 
of Hoops Courtside Experience for LeBron James’ first home 
game in Los Angeles.  The mobile pop-up shop will appear 
around the country during key basketball moments and will 
provide our basketball-obsessed customers with access to 
exclusive footwear launches from Nike, Jordan, and Converse.

•  Kids Foot Locker Fitness Challenges, held in Philadelphia and 
Dallas, inspired Boys & Girls Clubs of America members to 
engage in physical activities daily for six weeks. The Club with 
the highest increase in participation in each city was awarded a 
grand prize.

•  Footaction partnered with adidas to bring The Shoe Surgeon, 
Dominic Chambrone, to an event at Toronto’s Eaton Center, 
where top influencers and media personalities were offered 
customized Stan Smiths.

•  Eastbay partnered with National League MVP Christian Yelich 
to host a pep rally at California’s Westlake High School, his 
alma mater.  Eastbay revealed Yelich’s lookbook cover, held a 
Q&A session with the entire student body, and donated new 
Under Armour gear to the school’s baseball and softball teams.

11

44842_Promo.indd   10

4/4/19   4:08 PM

44842_Promo.indd   11

12

4/4/19   4:09 PM

Gross Margin

EBIT Margin

32.8% 32.8% 33.2%

33.8% 33.9%

31.6%

31.8%

31.9%

30.0%

27.7%

11.4%

10.4%

9.9%

7.9%

12.8% 13.0%

9.9%

9.3%

5.4%

2.8%

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

CO NNECTI VITY

We are committed to empowering the consumer with new path-
ways to participate, connect, and share.  Now more than ever, our 
customers can connect with us through several platforms outside 
of our physical stores, whether it is through our sites, mobile 
apps, or pop-up shops.  We are dedicated to engaging, energizing, 
and interacting with our customers based on what they tell us 
about themselves and meeting them wherever they are.  By le-
veraging data analytics and digital technology, we are focused on 
delivering relevant products, content, and experiences to custom-
ers through all of our channels. 

•  We completed the upgrades of our North America store 

banners onto our new, more responsive, content-rich digital 
platforms.  In addition, we released our reimagined mobile 
apps in the United States, including the first Kids Foot Locker 
mobile app.  These upgrades and new releases provide an 
elevated customer experience with better storytelling, greater 
functionality, and improved bandwidth for key launches. 

• 

In Los Angeles, we launched “The Hunt” in the Foot Locker 
app, our first augmented reality experience.  This new feature 
allowed sneakerheads to use their Foot Locker app to unlock 
geo-targeted clues around the city for the opportunity to pur-
chase the new Lebron 16 King “Court Purple,” the first version 
he wore as a member of the L.A. Lakers.  

•  We launched a new House of Hoops Instagram account with 
exclusive content experiences and early product access. 

•  The makers of NBA2K19 partnered with us to create a special 
Paul George challenge inside of the video game.  Winners of 
the challenge were surprised with early access to the new Nike 
Paul George 2.5 PlayStation sneakers.

13

44842_Promo.indd   12

4/4/19   4:09 PM

 
44842_Promo.indd   13

14

4/4/19   4:09 PM

CONVENIENCE

15

44842_Promo.indd   14

4/4/19   4:09 PM

We continue to make significant strides reimagining the 
customer experience through the use of speed, data, and 
analytics.  Our technology roadmap is robust and well 
underway to deliver upon the increased expectations of 
our ever-evolving consumers.  By developing these new 
capabilities, we can give our customers what they want, 
where they want it, when and how… and ultimately, drive 
customer satisfaction to new heights.

•  Foot Locker launched the “myLocker” experience at  
the newly renovated 14th Street Foot Locker store in  
New York City.  After purchasing online, customers receive 
a unique pick-up code via email and use it at the in-store 
lockers to pick up their items, and potentially shop for 
additional products. 

•  We rolled out several new features and services that 

improved the overall customer experience on our digital 
channels.  For example, we implemented a new solution 
that provides more robust and timely information around 
each of our store locations; and we integrated a new 
post-purchase tool that provides improved order tracking 
for D-T-C purchases.

•  In Europe, Foot Locker began a pilot to test the potential 
value of RFID technology, including the ability to improve 
in-stock accuracy and deliver improved customer service 
at retail.

•  Lastly, we made significant progress in the roll-out of 

our new point-of-sale software solution across our North 
American banners and expanded the roll-out across our 
European markets.

44842_Promo.indd   15

16

4/4/19   4:09 PM

S OC IAL RESPONSIBILITY

At Foot Locker, Inc., the passion we have for sneakers 
is quite evident, but it’s also matched by our passion 
for people.  As a company, we are deeply committed to 
enriching the lives of both our associates, as well as the 
people who live in the communities we serve globally.   
We do this by giving to those in need and empowering  
them through our educational, health, and athletic 
initiatives and partnerships.

The Foot Locker Foundation, founded in 2001, was created 
with a mission to promote a better world for today’s youth.  
For example, the Foundation launched the Foot Locker 
Scholar Athletes Program, which awards $20,000 college 
scholarships to 20 exceptional student athletes who 
demonstrate excellence on the court and in the classroom, 
as well as display strong leadership qualities within their 
communities. 

Through all of these programs, we have raised or donated 
more than $9 million since 2004 into the education of some 
of America’s brightest leaders of tomorrow.

The “love of the game” is another passion we share here 
at Foot Locker, Inc., so encouraging healthy lifestyles, 
especially for today’s youth, is of utmost importance to 
us.  In 2014, Kids Foot Locker and the Boys & Girls Clubs 
of America (“BGCA”) teamed up to create the Kids Foot 
Locker Fitness Challenge, which promotes physical fitness 
among today’s youth.  The national program challenges 
Club kids within select markets to be more active on a 
daily basis through a variety of fitness activities.  This 
past year, the program has evolved into the “In My Shoes” 
challenge, which encourages BGCA members to share their 
passions and interests, from sports to writing and music to 
photography.

Through the Foundation’s annual “On Our Feet Gala,” a 
fundraising event that unites those in the footwear and 
athletic industry, we have been able to raise millions of 
dollars for the Foot Locker Scholar Athletes Program as 
well as the United Negro College Fund.  This has allowed 
us to benefit hundreds of students with scholarships 
through our long-standing partnership, as well as support 
our internal talent through the Foot Locker Associate 
Scholarship Program, which was launched in 2012 to 
empower our associates in their educational journeys.  

The Company also volunteers significant time and 
resources to our other partners, who all share our 
commitment to the well-being of others.  These charitable 
organizations include Fred Jordan Missions, American 
Cancer Society, Two Ten Footwear Foundation, and 
the American Red Cross.  Foot Locker also donates to 
many other important causes around the world, such as 
Adopt One Village Inc. (Ghana), the Pluryn Foundation 
(The Netherlands), the Starlight Children’s Foundation 
(Australia), and the Special Olympics (Canada).

17

44842_Promo.indd   16

4/4/19   4:09 PM

FO R M  10- K

18

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 

  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019 
OR 

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from                   to                   
Commission File No. 1-10299 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

New York 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 
330 West 34th Street, New York, New York 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

13-3513936 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

10001 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (212) 720-3700 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, par value $0.01 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes      No    

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes      No    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements 
for the past 90 days. Yes    No    

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  pursuant  to  Rule 405  of 
Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). 
Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best 
of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements  incorporated  by  reference  in  Part III  of  this  Form 10-K  or  any  amendment  to  this 
Form 10-K.    

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  smaller  reporting  company,  or  an 
emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in 
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer  
Emerging growth company  

Accelerated filer  

Non-accelerated filer  

Smaller reporting company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or 
revised financial accounting standards pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  No 

The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding as of March 25, 2019: 
The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant computed by reference to the closing price as 
of the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, August 4, 2018, was approximately: 

112,310,616

$4,021,122,206*

*    For purposes of this calculation only (a) all directors plus three executive officers and owners of five percent or more of the registrant are deemed to be 
affiliates of the registrant and (b) shares deemed to be “held” by such persons include only outstanding shares of the registrant’s voting stock with respect 
to which such persons had, on such date, voting or investment power. 

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement (the “Proxy Statement”) to be filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on 
May 22, 2019: Parts III and IV. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

  Business 

Item 1. 
Item 1A.    Risk Factors 
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments 
  Properties 
Item 2. 
  Legal Proceedings 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 
  Mine Safety Disclosures 
Item 4A.    Executive Officers of the Registrant 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Market for the Company’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities 

  Selected Financial Data 
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures 
Item 9B.    Other Information 

  Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

PART III     

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
  Executive Compensation 

Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder
Matters 

Item 13. 
Item 14. 

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

PART IV     

Item 15. 
Item 16. 

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 
  Form 10-K Summary 

INDEX OF EXHIBITS 

SIGNATURES  

1
1
9
9
10
10
10

11
13
14
33
34
72
72
74

74
74

74
74
74

75
75

76

80

   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
Item 1. Business 

General 

PART I 

Foot  Locker, Inc.,  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  New  York  in  1989,  is  a  leading  global  retailer  of 
athletically inspired shoes and apparel. As of February 2, 2019, the Company operated 3,221 primarily mall-based 
stores, as well as stores in high-traffic urban retail areas and high streets, in the United States, Canada, Europe, 
Australia, New Zealand, and Asia. Foot Locker, Inc. and its subsidiaries hereafter are referred to as the “Registrant,” 
“Company,”  “we,”  “our,”  or  “us.”  Information  regarding  the  business  is  contained  under  the  “Business  Overview” 
section in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” 

The Company maintains a website on the internet at www.footlocker-inc.com. The Company’s filings with the U.S. 
Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on 
Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports are available free of charge through 
this website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the SEC by clicking on the 
“SEC Filings” link. The Corporate Governance section of the Company’s corporate website contains the Company’s 
Corporate Governance Guidelines, Committee Charters, and the Company’s Code of Business Conduct for directors, 
officers and employees, including the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Accounting Officer. 
Copies of these documents may also be obtained free of charge upon written request to the Company’s Corporate 
Secretary at 330 West 34th Street, New York, N.Y. 10001. 

Information Regarding Business Segments and Geographic Areas 

The  financial  information  concerning  business  segments,  divisions,  and  geographic  areas  is  contained  under  the 
“Business  Overview”  and  “Segment  Information”  sections  in  “Item 7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Information regarding sales, operating results, and identifiable assets 
of the Company by business segment and by geographic area is contained under the Segment Information note in 
“Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

The service marks, trade names, and trademarks appearing in this report (except for Nike, Jordan, adidas, and Puma) 
are owned by Foot Locker, Inc. or its subsidiaries. 

Employees 

The  Company  and  its  consolidated  subsidiaries  had  15,470  full-time  and  33,861  part-time  employees  as  of 
February 2, 2019. The Company considers employee relations to be satisfactory. 

Competition 

Financial  information  concerning  competition  is  contained  under  the  “Business  Risk”  section  in  the  Financial 
Instruments and Risk Management note in “Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

Merchandise Purchases 

Financial  information  concerning  merchandise  purchases  is  contained  under  the  “Liquidity”  section  in  “Item 7. 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and under the “Business 
Risk” section in the Financial Instruments and Risk Management note in “Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data.” 

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

The statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) that are not historical facts, including, 
but not limited to, statements regarding our expected financial position, business and financing plans found in “Item 1. 
Business” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” 
constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. 

1 

Please also see “Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results may differ materially due to 
the risks and uncertainties discussed in this Annual Report, including those discussed below. Additional risks and 
uncertainties that we do not presently know about or that we currently consider to be insignificant may also affect our 
business operations and financial performance. 

Our inability to implement our long-range strategic plan may adversely affect our future results. 

Our ability to successfully implement and execute our long-range plan is dependent on many factors. Our strategies 
may require significant capital investment and management attention. Additionally, any new initiative is subject to 
certain  risks  including  customer  acceptance  of  our  products  and  renovated  store  designs,  competition,  product 
differentiation,  the  ability  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel,  and  our  ability  to  successfully  implement 
technological initiatives. If we cannot successfully execute our strategic growth initiatives or if the long-range plan 
does not adequately address the challenges or opportunities we face, our financial condition and results of operations 
may be adversely affected. Additionally, failure to meet shareholder expectations, particularly with respect to sales, 
operating margins, and earnings per share, would likely result in volatility in the market value of our stock. 

The retail athletic footwear and apparel business is highly competitive. 

Our athletic footwear and apparel operations compete primarily with athletic footwear specialty stores, sporting goods 
stores, department stores, traditional shoe stores, mass merchandisers, and internet retailers, many of which are 
units of national or regional chains that have significant financial and marketing resources. The principal competitive 
factors in our markets are selection of merchandise, customer experience, reputation, store location, advertising, and 
price.  We  cannot  assure  that  we  will  continue  to  be  able  to  compete  successfully  against  existing  or  future 
competitors. Our expansion into markets served by our competitors, and entry of new competitors or expansion of 
existing competitors into our markets, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and 
results of operations. 

Although we sell an increasing proportion of our merchandise via the internet, a significantly faster shift in customer 
buying patterns to purchasing athletic footwear, athletic apparel, and sporting goods via the internet could have a 
material adverse effect on our business results. In addition, all of our significant suppliers operate retail stores and 
distribute products directly through the internet and others may follow. Should this continue to occur or accelerate, 
and if our customers decide to purchase directly from our suppliers, it could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

The  industry  in  which  we  operate  is  dependent  upon  fashion  trends,  customer  preferences,  product 
innovations, and other fashion-related factors. 

The athletic footwear and apparel industry, especially at the premium end of the price spectrum, is subject to changing 
fashion  trends  and  customer  preferences.  In  addition,  retailers  in  the  athletic  industry  rely  on  their  suppliers  to 
maintain innovation in the products they develop. We cannot guarantee that our merchandise selection will accurately 
reflect  customer  preferences  when  it  is  offered  for  sale  or  that  we  will  be  able  to  identify  and  respond  quickly  to 
fashion  changes,  particularly  given  the  long  lead  times  for  ordering  much  of  our  merchandise  from  suppliers.  A 
substantial portion of our highest margin sales are to young males (ages 12–25), many of whom we believe purchase 
athletic footwear and athletic apparel as a fashion statement and are frequent purchasers. Our failure to anticipate, 
identify or react appropriately in a timely manner to changes in fashion trends that would make athletic footwear or 
athletic  apparel  less  attractive  to  our  customers  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition, and results of operations. 

If we do not successfully manage our inventory levels, our operating results will be adversely affected. 

We  must  maintain  sufficient  inventory  levels  to  operate  our  business  successfully.  However,  we  also  must  guard 
against accumulating excess inventory. For example, we order most of our athletic footwear four to six months prior 
to delivery to our stores. If we fail to anticipate accurately either the market for the merchandise in our stores or our 
customers’ purchasing habits, we may be forced to rely on markdowns or promotional sales to dispose of excess or 
slow moving inventory, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results 
of operations. 

2 

A change in the relationship with any of our key suppliers or the unavailability of key products at competitive 
prices could affect our financial health. 

Our  business  is  dependent  to  a  significant  degree  upon  our  ability  to  obtain  premium  product  and  the  ability  to 
purchase brand-name merchandise at competitive prices from a limited number of suppliers. In addition, we have 
negotiated volume discounts, cooperative advertising, and markdown allowances with our suppliers, as well as the 
ability to cancel orders and return excess or unneeded merchandise. We cannot be certain that such terms with our 
suppliers will continue in the future. 

We purchased approximately 90 percent of our merchandise in 2018 from our top five suppliers and we expect to 
continue  to  obtain  a  significant percentage  of  our  athletic  product  from  these  suppliers  in  future  periods. 
Approximately  66 percent  of  all  merchandise  purchased  in  2018  was  purchased  from  one  supplier —  Nike, Inc. 
(“Nike”).  Each  of  our  operating  divisions  is  highly  dependent  on  Nike.  Individually  they  purchased  between  38  to 
74 percent of their merchandise from Nike during the year. Merchandise that is high profile and in high demand is 
allocated  by  our  suppliers  based  upon  their  internal  criteria.  Although  we  have  generally  been  able  to  purchase 
sufficient quantities of this merchandise in the past, we cannot be certain that our suppliers will continue to allocate 
sufficient amounts to us in the future. Our inability to obtain merchandise in a timely manner from major suppliers as 
a result of business decisions by our suppliers, or any disruption in the supply chain, could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Because of the high proportion of purchases 
from Nike, any adverse development in Nike’s reputation, financial condition or results of operations or the inability 
of Nike to develop and manufacture products that appeal to our target customers could also have an adverse effect 
on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We cannot be certain that we will be able to acquire 
merchandise at competitive prices or on competitive terms in the future. These risks could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

We are affected by mall traffic and our ability to secure suitable store locations. 

Many of our stores, especially in North America, are located primarily in enclosed regional and neighborhood malls. 
Our sales are affected, in part, by the volume of mall traffic. Mall traffic may be adversely affected by, among other 
factors, economic downturns, the closing or continued decline of anchor department stores and/or specialty stores, 
and  a  decline  in  the  popularity  of  mall  shopping  among  our  target  customers.  Further,  any  terrorist  act,  natural 
disaster, public health or safety concern that decreases the level of mall traffic, or that affects our ability to open and 
operate stores in such locations, could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

To take advantage of customer traffic and the shopping preferences of our customers, we need to maintain or acquire 
stores in desirable locations such as in regional and neighborhood malls, as well as high-traffic urban retail areas 
and high streets. We cannot be certain that desirable locations will continue to be available at favorable rates. Some 
traditional  enclosed  malls  are  experiencing  significantly  lower  levels  of  customer  traffic,  driven  by  economic 
conditions,  the  closure  of  certain  mall  anchor  tenants,  and  changes  in  customer  shopping  preferences,  such  as 
shopping online. 

Several large landlords dominate the ownership of prime malls and because of our dependence upon these landlords 
for a substantial number of our locations, any significant erosion of their financial condition or our relationships with 
them could negatively affect our ability to obtain and retain store locations. Additionally, further landlord consolidation 
may negatively affect our ability to negotiate favorable lease terms. 

We may experience fluctuations in, and cyclicality of, our comparable-store sales results. 

Our comparable-store sales have fluctuated significantly in the past, on both an annual and a quarterly basis, and 
we expect them to continue to fluctuate in the future. A variety of factors affect our comparable-store sales results, 
including, among others, fashion trends, product innovation, promotional events, the highly competitive retail sales 
environment, economic conditions, timing of income tax refunds, changes in our merchandise mix, calendar shifts of 
holiday  periods,  supply  chain  disruptions,  and  weather  conditions.  Many  of  our  products  represent  discretionary 
purchases.  Accordingly,  customer  demand  for  these  products  could  decline  in  an  economic  downturn  or  if  our 
customers develop other priorities for their discretionary spending. These risks could have a material adverse effect 
on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

3 

Economic  or  political  conditions  in  other  countries,  including  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange 
rates and tax rates may adversely affect our operations. 

A significant portion of our sales and operating income for 2018 was attributable to our operations in Europe, Canada, 
Australia, and New Zealand. As a result, our business is subject to the risks associated with doing business outside 
of the United States such as local customer product preferences, political unrest, disruptions or delays in shipments, 
changes in economic conditions in countries in which we operate, foreign currency fluctuations, real estate costs, 
and labor and employment practices in non-U.S. jurisdictions that may differ significantly from those that prevail in 
the United States. In addition, because our suppliers manufacture a substantial amount of our products in foreign 
countries,  our  ability  to  obtain  sufficient  quantities  of  merchandise  on  favorable  terms  may  be  affected  by 
governmental  regulations,  trade  restrictions,  labor,  and  other  conditions  in  the  countries  from  which  our  suppliers 
obtain their product. 

Fluctuations  in  the  value  of  the  euro  and  the  British  Pound  may  affect  the  value  of  our  European  earnings  when 
translated into U.S. dollars. Similarly, our earnings in Canada, Australia, and New Zealand may be affected by the 
value of currencies when translated into U.S. dollars. Except for our business in the United Kingdom (the “U.K”), our 
international  subsidiaries  conduct  most  of  their  business  in  their  local  currency.  Inventory  purchases  for  our  U.K. 
business are denominated in euros, which could result in foreign currency transaction gains or losses. 

Our  products  are  subject  to  import  and  excise  duties  and/or  sales  or  value-added  taxes  in  many  jurisdictions. 
Fluctuations in tax rates and duties and changes in tax legislation or regulation could have a material adverse effect 
on our results of operations and financial condition. 

Significant developments stemming from the U.K.’s decision to withdraw from the European Union could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company. 

The U.K. has voted in favor of leaving the European Union (“E.U.”), which is commonly referred to as “Brexit.” E.U. 
rules provide for a two-year negotiation period, currently set to expire on April 12, 2019, unless another extension is 
agreed to by the parties. Significant uncertainty remains about the future relationship between the U.K. and the E.U., 
including the possibility of the U.K. leaving the E.U. without a negotiated and bilaterally approved withdrawal plan. 
We have significant operations in both the U.K. and the E.U., and we are highly dependent on the free flow of labor 
and goods in those regions. Uncertainty surrounding Brexit could cause a slowdown in economic activity in the U.K., 
Europe or globally, which could adversely affect the Company’s operating results and growth prospects. In addition, 
Brexit could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations as the U.K. determines 
which E.U. laws to replace or replicate. Compliance with any new laws and regulations may be cumbersome, difficult 
or costly. These possible effects of Brexit, among others, could adversely affect our business, results of operations, 
and  financial  condition.  The  ultimate  effects  of  Brexit  on  our  business  will  depend  on  the  specific  terms  of  the 
agreement, if any, the U.K. and the E.U. reach to provide access to each other’s markets. 

Imposition of tariffs and export controls on the products we buy may have a material adverse effect on our 
business. 

A significant portion of the products that we purchase, including the portion purchased from domestic suppliers, as 
well as most of our private brand merchandise, is manufactured abroad. We may be affected by potential changes 
in international trade agreements or tariffs, such as new tariffs imposed on certain Chinese-made goods imported 
into the U.S. Furthermore, China or other countries may institute retaliatory trade measures in response to existing 
or future tariffs imposed by the U.S. that could have a negative effect on our business. If any of these events occur 
as described, we may be obligated to seek alternative suppliers for our private brand merchandise, raise prices, or 
make changes to our operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profitability, 
results of operations and financial condition. 

Macroeconomic developments may adversely affect our business. 

Our  performance  is  subject  to  global  economic  conditions  and  the  related  effects  on  consumer  spending  levels. 
Continued uncertainty about global economic conditions poses a risk as consumers and businesses may postpone 
spending in response to tighter credit, unemployment, negative financial news, and/or declines in income or asset 
values, which could have a material negative effect on demand for our products.  

4 

 
As  a  retailer  that  is  dependent  upon  consumer  discretionary  spending,  our  results  of  operations  are  sensitive  to 
changes in macroeconomic conditions. Our customers may have less money for discretionary purchases as a result 
of job losses, foreclosures, bankruptcies, increased fuel and energy costs, higher interest rates, higher taxes, reduced 
access to credit, and lower home values. These and other economic factors could adversely affect demand for our 
products, which could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. 

Instability in the financial markets may adversely affect our business. 

Instability in the global financial markets could reduce availability of  credit to our business. Although we currently 
have a revolving credit agreement in place until May 19, 2021, tightening of credit markets could make it more difficult 
for us to access funds, refinance our existing indebtedness, enter into agreements for new indebtedness, or obtain 
funding through the issuance of the Company’s securities. In 2017, the U.K.’s Financial Conduct Authority, which 
regulates LIBOR, announced its intention to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. It is unclear if LIBOR will cease to 
exist at that time or if new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021. 
If LIBOR ceases to exist,  we will need to renegotiate our credit facility. This could have an adverse effect on our 
financing costs. Other than insignificant amounts used for standby letters of credit, we do not have any borrowings 
under our credit facility. 

We rely on a few key suppliers for a majority of our merchandise purchases (including a significant portion from one 
key supplier). The inability of these key suppliers to access liquidity, or the insolvency of key suppliers, could lead to 
their failure to deliver merchandise to us. Our inability to obtain merchandise in a timely manner from major suppliers 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Material changes in the market value of the securities we hold may adversely affect our results of operations 
and financial condition. 

At February 2, 2019, our cash and cash equivalents totaled $891 million. The majority of our investments were short-
term deposits in highly-rated banking institutions. We regularly monitor our counterparty credit risk and mitigate our 
exposure by making short-term investments only in highly-rated institutions and by limiting the amount we invest in 
any  one  institution.  We  continually  monitor  the  creditworthiness  of  our  counterparties.  At  February 2,  2019,  all 
investments were in investment grade institutions. Despite an investment grade rating, it is possible that the value or 
liquidity of our investments may decline due to any number of factors, including general market conditions and bank-
specific credit issues. 

Our U.S. pension plan trust holds assets totaling $593 million at February 2, 2019. The fair values of these assets 
held in the trust are compared to the plan’s projected benefit obligation to determine the pension funding liability. We 
attempt to mitigate funding risk through asset diversification, and we regularly monitor investment risk of our portfolio 
through quarterly investment portfolio reviews and periodic asset and liability studies. Despite these measures, it is 
possible  that  the  value  of  our  portfolio  may  decline  in  the  future  due  to  any  number  of  factors,  including  general 
market  conditions  and  credit  issues.  Such  declines  could  affect  the  funded  status  of  our  pension  plan  and  future 
funding requirements. 

If our long-lived assets or goodwill become impaired, we may need to record significant non-cash impairment 
charges. 

We review our long-lived assets and goodwill when events indicate that the carrying value of such assets may be 
impaired. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment if impairment indicators arise and, at a minimum, annually. Goodwill is 
not amortized but is subject to an impairment test, which consists of either a qualitative assessment on a reporting 
unit  level,  or  a  two-step  impairment  test,  if  necessary.  The  determination  of  impairment  charges  is  significantly 
affected by estimates of future operating cash flows and estimates of fair value. Our estimates of future operating 
cash flows are identified from our long-range strategic plans, which are based upon our experience, knowledge, and 
expectations; however, these estimates can be affected by factors such as our future operating results, future store 
profitability, and future economic conditions, all of which are difficult to predict accurately. Any significant deterioration 
in macroeconomic conditions could affect the fair value of our long-lived assets and goodwill and could result in future 
impairment charges, which would adversely affect our results of operations. 

5 

 
We do not have the ability to exert control over our minority investments, and therefore, we are dependent 
on others in order to realize their potential benefits. 

We currently hold $104 million of non-controlling minority investments in various entities and we may make additional 
strategic minority investments in the future. Such minority investments inherently involve a lesser degree of control 
over  business  operations,  thereby  potentially  increasing  the  financial,  legal,  operational,  and  compliance  risks 
associated with the investments. Other investors in these entities may have business goals and interests that are not 
aligned with ours or may exercise their rights in a manner in which we do not approve. These circumstances could 
lead  to  delayed  decisions  or  disputes  and  litigation  with  those  other  investors,  all  of  which  could  have  a  material 
adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

If our investees seek additional financing to fund their growth strategies, these financing transactions may result in 
further dilution of our ownership stakes and these transactions may occur at lower valuations than the investment 
transactions  through  which  we  acquired  such  interests,  which  could  significantly  decrease  the  fair  values  of  our 
investments in those entities. Additionally, if our investees are unable to obtain any financing, those entities could 
need  to  significantly  reduce  their  spending  in  order  to  fund  their  operations.  These  actions  likely  would  result  in 
reduced growth forecasts, which also could significantly decrease the fair values of our investments in those entities. 

Our financial results may be adversely affected by tax rates or exposure to additional tax liabilities. 

We are a U.S.-based multinational company subject to tax in multiple U.S. and foreign tax jurisdictions. Our provision 
for income taxes is based on a jurisdictional mix of earnings, statutory rates, and enacted tax rules, including transfer 
pricing.  Significant  judgment  is  required  in  determining  our  provision  for  income  taxes  and  in  evaluating  our  tax 
positions on a worldwide basis. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by a number of factors, including 
shifts in the mix of pretax results by tax jurisdiction, changes in tax laws or related interpretations in the jurisdictions 
in which we operate, and tax assessments and related interest and penalties resulting from income tax audits. 

The effects of natural disasters, terrorism, acts of war, and public health issues may adversely affect our 
business. 

Natural disasters, including earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, and tornadoes may affect store and distribution center 
operations. In addition, acts of terrorism, acts of war, and military action both in the United States and abroad can 
have a significant effect on economic conditions and may negatively affect our ability to purchase merchandise from 
suppliers for sale to our customers. Public health issues, such as flu or other pandemics, whether occurring in the 
United States or abroad, could disrupt our operations and result in a significant part of our workforce being unable to 
operate or maintain our infrastructure or perform other tasks necessary to conduct our business. Additionally, public 
health issues may disrupt, or have an adverse effect on, our suppliers’ operations, our operations, our customers, or 
customer demand. Our ability to mitigate the adverse effect of these events depends, in part, upon the effectiveness 
of our disaster preparedness and response planning as well as business continuity planning. However, we cannot 
be certain that our plans will be adequate or implemented properly in the event of an actual disaster. We may be 
required to suspend operations in some or all of our locations, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business,  financial  condition,  and  results  of  operations.  Any  significant  declines  in  public  safety  or  uncertainties 
regarding future economic prospects that affect customer spending habits could have a material adverse effect on 
customer purchases of our products. 

Manufacturer compliance with our social compliance program requirements. 

We  require  our  independent  manufacturers  to  comply  with  our  policies  and  procedures,  which  cover  many  areas 
including  labor,  health  and  safety,  and  environmental  standards.  We  monitor  compliance  with  our  policies  and 
procedures using internal resources, as well as third-party monitoring firms. Although we monitor their compliance 
with  these  policies  and  procedures,  we  do  not  control  the  manufacturers  or  their  practices.  Any  failure  of  our 
independent manufacturers to comply with our policies and procedures or local laws in the country of manufacture 
could disrupt the shipment of merchandise to us, force us to locate alternate manufacturing sources, reduce demand 
for our merchandise, or damage our reputation. 

6 

Complications in our distribution centers and other factors affecting the distribution of merchandise may 
affect our business. 

We operate multiple distribution centers worldwide to support our businesses. In addition to the distribution centers 
that we operate, we have third-party arrangements to support our operations in the United States, Canada, Australia, 
and New Zealand. If complications arise with any facility or if any facility is severely damaged or destroyed, our other 
distribution centers may be unable to support the resulting additional distribution demands. We also may be affected 
by disruptions in the global transportation network such as port strikes, weather conditions, work stoppages, or other 
labor unrest. These factors may adversely affect our ability to deliver inventory on a timely basis. We depend upon 
third-party carriers for shipment of merchandise. Any interruption in service by these carriers for any reason could 
cause disruptions in our business, a loss of sales and profits, and other material adverse effects. 

We are subject to technology risks including failures, security breaches, and cybersecurity risks that could 
harm our business, damage our reputation, and increase our costs in an effort to protect against these risks. 

Information technology is a critically important part of our business operations. We depend on information systems 
to process transactions, make operational decisions, manage inventory, operate our websites, purchase, sell and 
ship  goods  on  a  timely  basis,  and  maintain  cost-efficient  operations.  There  is  a  risk  that  we  could  experience  a 
business interruption, theft of information, or reputational damage as a result of a cyber-attack, such as an infiltration 
of a data center or data leakage of confidential information, either internally or at our third-party providers. We may 
experience operational problems with our information systems as a result of system failures, system implementation 
issues, viruses, malicious hackers, sabotage, or other causes. 

We invest in security technology to protect the data stored by us, including our data and business processes, against 
the risk of data security breaches and cyber-attacks. Our data security management program includes enforcement 
of standard data protection policies such as Payment Card Industry compliance. Additionally, we certify our major 
technology suppliers and any outsourced services through accepted security certification measures. We maintain 
and routinely test backup systems and disaster recovery, along with external network security penetration testing by 
an independent third party as part of our business continuity preparedness. 

While we believe that our security technology and processes follow leading practices in the prevention of security 
breaches and the mitigation of cybersecurity risks, given the ever-increasing abilities of those intent on breaching 
cybersecurity measures and given the necessity of our reliance on the security procedures of third-party vendors, the 
total security effort at any point in time may not be completely effective. Any security breaches and cyber incidents 
could adversely affect our business. Failure of our systems, including failures due to cyber-attacks that would prevent 
the  ability  of  systems  to  function  as  intended,  could  cause  transaction  errors,  loss  of  customers  and  sales,  and 
negative consequences to us, our employees, and those with whom we do business. Any security breach involving 
the  misappropriation,  loss,  or  other  unauthorized  disclosure  of  confidential  information  by  us  could  also  severely 
damage  our  reputation,  expose  us  to  the  risks  of  litigation  and  liability,  increase  operating  costs  associated  with 
remediation, and harm our  business.  While  we  carry insurance that  would mitigate the losses, insurance may be 
insufficient to compensate us fully for potentially significant losses. 

Risks associated with digital operations. 

Our digital operations are subject to numerous risks, including risks related to the failure of the computer systems 
that operate our websites, mobile sites, and apps and their related support systems, computer viruses, cybersecurity 
risks, telecommunications failures, denial of service attacks, bot attacks, and similar disruptions. Also, we will require 
additional capital in the future to sustain or grow our digital commerce business. Risks related to digital commerce 
include those associated with credit card fraud, the need to keep pace with rapid technological change, governmental 
regulation, and legal uncertainties with respect to internet regulatory compliance. If any of these risks materialize, it 
could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Privacy and data security concerns and regulation could result in additional costs and liabilities. 

The  protection  of  customer,  employee,  and  Company  data  is  critical.  The  regulatory  environment  surrounding 
information security and privacy is demanding, with the frequent imposition of new and changing requirements. In 
addition, customers have a high expectation that we will adequately protect their personal information.  

7 

Any actual or perceived misappropriation or breach involving this data could attract negative media attention, cause 
harm to our reputation or result in liability (including but not limited to fines, penalties or lawsuits), any of which could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, operational results, financial position, and cash flows. Additionally, 
the  E.U.  adopted  a  comprehensive  General  Data  Privacy  Regulation  (the  “GDPR”),  which  became  effective  in 
May 2018. GDPR requires companies to satisfy new requirements regarding the handling of personal and sensitive 
data, including its use, protection, and the ability of persons whose data is stored to correct or delete data about 
themselves.  Failure  to  comply  with  GDPR  requirements  could  result  in  penalties  of  up  to  4 percent  of  worldwide 
revenue. In addition, the State of California adopted the California Consumer Protection Act of 2018 ("CCPA"), 
which will become effective in 2020 and will regulate the collection and use of consumers' data. GDPR, CCPA 
and other similar laws and regulations, as well as any associated inquiries or investigations or any other government 
actions, may be costly to comply with, result in negative publicity, increase our operating costs, require significant 
management time and attention, and subject us to remedies that may harm our business, including fines or demands 
or orders that we modify or cease existing business practices. 

The technology enablement of omni-channel in our business is complex and involves the development of a 
new  digital  platform  and  a  new  order  management  system  designed  to  enhance  the  complete  customer 
experience. 

We  continue  to  invest  in  initiatives  designed  to  deliver  a  high-quality,  coordinated  shopping  experience  online,  in 
stores,  and  on  mobile  devices,  which  requires  substantial  investment  in  technology,  information  systems,  and 
employee training, as well as significant management time and resources. Our omni-channel retailing efforts include 
the integration and implementation of new technology, software, and processes to be able to fulfill orders from any 
point within our system of stores and distribution centers, which is extremely complex and may not meet customer 
expectations for timely and accurate deliveries. These efforts involve substantial risk, including risk of implementation 
delays, cost overruns, technology interruptions, supply and distribution delays, and other issues that can affect the 
successful implementation and operation of our omni-channel initiatives. 

If our omni-channel initiatives are not successful, or we do not realize the return on our omni-channel investments 
that we anticipate, our financial performance and future growth could be materially adversely affected. 

Our reliance on key management. 

Future performance will depend upon our ability to attract, retain, and motivate our executive and senior management 
teams. Our executive and senior management teams have substantial experience and expertise in our business and 
have made significant contributions to our success. Our future performance depends to a significant extent both upon 
the continued services of our current executive and senior management teams, as well as our ability to attract, hire, 
motivate,  and  retain  additional  qualified  management  in  the  future.  While  we  believe  that  we  have  adequate 
succession planning and executive development programs, competition for key executives in the retail industry is 
intense, and our operations could be adversely affected if we cannot retain and attract qualified executives. 

Risks associated with attracting and retaining store and field associates. 

Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to attract, develop, and retain a sufficient number of qualified store 
and field associates. The turnover rate in the retail industry is generally high. If we are unable to attract and retain 
quality  associates,  our  ability  to  meet  our  growth  goals  or  to  sustain  expected  levels  of  profitability  may  be 
compromised.  Our  ability  to  meet  our  labor  needs  while  controlling  costs  is  subject  to  external  factors  such  as 
unemployment levels, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage legislation, and overtime regulations. 

Changes in employment laws or regulation could harm our performance. 

Various foreign and domestic labor laws govern our relationship with our employees and affect our operating costs. 
These laws include minimum wage requirements, overtime and sick pay, paid time off, work scheduling, healthcare 
reform and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates, 
European  works  council  requirements,  and  union  organization.  A  number  of  factors  could  adversely  affect  our 
operating  results,  including  additional  government-imposed  increases  in  minimum  wages,  overtime  and  sick  pay, 
paid leaves of absence, mandated health benefits, and changing regulations from the National Labor Relations Board 
or other agencies. Complying with any new legislation or reversing changes implemented under existing law could 
be time-intensive and expensive and may affect our business. 

8 

Legislative or regulatory initiatives related to climate change concerns may negatively affect our business. 

Greenhouse gases may have an adverse effect on global temperatures, weather patterns, and the frequency and 
severity of extreme weather and natural disasters. Concern over climate change may result in new or additional legal, 
legislative, and regulatory requirements to reduce or mitigate the effects of climate change on the environment, which 
could result in future tax, transportation, and utility increases, which could adversely affect our business. There is 
also increased focus, including by investors, customers, and other stakeholders on these and other sustainability 
matters, including the use of plastic, energy, waste, and worker safety. Our reputation could be damaged if we do 
not (or are perceived not to) act responsibly with respect to sustainability matters, which could adversely affect our 
business, results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition.  

We may be adversely affected by regulatory and litigation developments. 

We are exposed to the risk that federal or state legislation may negatively affect our operations. Changes in federal 
or state wage requirements, employee rights, health care, social welfare or entitlement programs, including health 
insurance, paid leave programs, or other changes in workplace regulation could increase our cost of doing business 
or  otherwise  adversely  affect  our  operations.  Additionally,  we  are  regularly  involved  in  litigation,  including  class 
actions,  that  arises  in  the  ordinary  course  of  our  business.  Litigation  or  regulatory  developments  could  adversely 
affect our business operations and financial performance. 

We  operate  in  many  different  jurisdictions  and  we  could  be  adversely  affected  by  violations  of  the  U.S. 
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-corruption laws. 

The  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  (“FCPA”)  and  similar  worldwide  anti-corruption  laws,  including  the  U.K. 
Bribery Act of 2010, which is broader in scope than the FCPA, generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries 
from  making  improper  payments  to  government  officials  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  or  retaining  business.  Our 
internal policies mandate compliance with these anti-corruption laws. Despite our training and compliance programs, 
we cannot be assured that our internal control policies and procedures will always protect us from reckless or criminal 
acts  committed  by  our  employees  or  agents.  Our  continued  expansion  outside  the  United  States,  including  in 
developing countries, could increase the risk of FCPA violations in the future. Violations of these laws, or allegations 
of such violations, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. 

Failure  to  fully  comply  with  Section 404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  could  negatively  affect  our 
business, market confidence in our reported financial information, and the price of our common stock. 

We  continue  to  document,  test,  and  monitor  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  in  order  to  satisfy  the 
requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. However, we cannot be assured that our disclosure 
controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting will prove to be completely adequate in the 
future.  Failure  to  fully  comply  with  Section 404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  could  negatively  affect  our 
business, market confidence in our reported financial information, and the price of our common stock. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2. Properties 

The  properties  of  the  Company  and  its  consolidated  subsidiaries  consist  of  land,  leased  stores,  administrative 
facilities, and distribution centers. Gross square footage and total selling area for our store locations at the end of 
2018  were  approximately  13.24  and  7.63  million  square  feet,  respectively.  These  properties,  which  are  primarily 
leased, are located in the United States and its territories, Canada, various European countries, Asia, Australia, and 
New Zealand. We currently operate five distribution centers, of which two are owned and three are leased, occupying 
an aggregate of 3.0 million square feet. Three distribution centers are located in the United States, one in Germany, 
and  one  in  the  Netherlands.  The  location  in  Germany serves  as  the  central  warehouse  distribution  center  for  the 
Runners Point and Sidestep stores and their related e-commerce business. The lease for our distribution center in 
Germany expires at the end of 2019. We also own a cross-dock and manufacturing facility, and operate a leased 
warehouse in the United States, both of which support our Team Edition apparel business. We believe that all leases 
of properties that are material to our operations may be renewed, or that alternative properties are available, on terms 
not materially less favorable to us than existing leases. 

9 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings 

Information regarding the Company’s legal proceedings is contained in the Legal Proceedings note under “Item 8. 
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

Item 4A. Executive Officers of the Registrant 

The following table provides information with respect to all persons serving as executive officers as of April 2, 2019, 
including business experience for the last five years. 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer — North America 
Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer — Asia Pacific 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  
Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer — EMEA 
Executive Vice President and Chief Information and Customer Connectivity Officer 
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer  
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary  
Senior Vice President — Global Supply Chain 
Senior Vice President, Chief Strategy and Development Officer 
Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer 
Vice President, Treasurer  

    Richard A. Johnson 
   Stephen D. Jacobs 
   Lewis P. Kimble 
   Lauren B. Peters 
   Vijay Talwar 
   Pawan Verma 
   Giovanna Cipriano 
   Sheilagh M. Clarke 
   Todd Greener 
   W. Scott Martin 
   Elizabeth S. Norberg 
   John A. Maurer 

Richard  A.  Johnson,  age  61,  has  served  as  Chairman  of  the  Board  since  May 2016  and  President  and  Chief 
Executive  Officer  since  December 2014.  Mr. Johnson  previously  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief 
Operating  Officer  from  May 2012  through  November 2014.  He  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Group 
President from July 2011 to May 2012; President and Chief Executive Officer of Foot Locker U.S., Lady Foot Locker, 
Kids  Foot  Locker,  and  Footaction  from  January 2010  to  July 2011;  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Foot 
Locker  Europe 
to  January 2010;  and  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of 
from  August 2007 
Footlocker.com/Eastbay from April 2003 to August 2007. 

Stephen D. Jacobs, age 56, has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer-North America since 
February 2016. He previously served as  Executive Vice President and Chief  Executive Officer Foot Locker North 
America from December 2014 through February 2016 and President and Chief Executive Officer of Foot Locker U.S., 
Lady Foot Locker, Kids Foot Locker, and Footaction from July 2011 to November 2014. 

Lewis  P.  Kimble,  age  60,  has  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer-Asia  Pacific  since 
February 2019. Mr. Kimble previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer-International 
from  February 2016  to  February  2019  and  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Foot  Locker  Europe  from 
February 2010 to February 2016. 

Lauren B. Peters, age 57, has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since July 2011. 

Vijay  Talwar,  age  47,  has  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  –  EMEA  since 
February 2019. Mr. Talwar previously served as President – Digital from March 2018 to February 2019 and President 
– Digital/Footlocker.com/Eastbay from September 2016 to March 2018. Mr. Talwar served as President, Gifts and 
Special Occasions at Sears Holdings Corporation from 2014 to September 2016 and in various executive leadership 
roles at Blue Nile, Inc. from 2010 to 2014, including Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and President, 
International / Global Customer Care. 

Pawan Verma, age 42, has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Information and Customer Connectivity Officer 
since  October 2017  and  as  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Information  Officer  from  August 2015  to 
September 2017.  From  February 2013  to  July 2015,  Mr. Verma  served  in  various  technology  leadership  roles  at 
Target Corporation ranging from enterprise architecture, e-commerce, mobile and digital, with his most recent role at 
Target as Vice President - Digital Technology and API Platforms. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Giovanna Cipriano, age 49, has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer since May 2009. 

Sheilagh M. Clarke, age 59, has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since June 2014. 
She  previously  served  as  Vice  President,  Associate  General  Counsel  and  Assistant  Secretary  from  May 2007  to 
May 2014. 

Todd Greener, age 48, has served as Senior Vice President—Global Supply Chain since October 2018. Mr. Greener 
previously served as Senior Vice President—Supply Chain at Advance Auto Parts from March 2015 to October 2018 
and  General  Manager—Appliance  Distribution  Operations  at  General  Electric  Company  from  September  2012  to 
February 2015. 

W.  Scott  Martin,  age  51,  has  served  as  Senior  Vice  President,  Chief  Strategy  and  Development  Officer  since 
March 27, 2019. Previously he served as Senior Vice President - Strategy and Store Development from October 2017 
to  March  26,  2019  and  as  Senior  Vice  President —  Real  Estate  from  June 2016  to  September 2017.  Mr. Martin 
previously served as Vice President, Store Development – Asia Pacific with Gap Inc. from June 2014 to June 2016. 
Prior to that role, he served in various roles at Starbucks Coffee Company: Director, Strategy Development, China, 
Asia  Pacific  and  Emerging  Brands  (July 2013  to  July 2014);  Director,  Global  Store  Development  (June 2007  to 
July 2013). 

Elizabeth  S.  Norberg,  age  52,  has  served  as  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Human  Resources  Officer  since 
September 2018. Ms. Norberg previously served as Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer at 
Loews  Hotels  &  Co.  (a  subsidiary  of  Loews  Corporation)  from  August  2017  to  September  2018,  Executive  Vice 
President, Chief Human Resources Officer at Red Lion Hotels Corporation from June 2016 to August 2017, Vice 
President and Chief of Human Resources Operations, Health System at Northwell Health from 2015 to 2016 and 
Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer, Central Region at Northwell Health from 2013 to 2015. 

John A. Maurer, age 59, has served as Vice President, Treasurer since September 2006. In addition to this role, he 
also served as the Vice President of Investor Relations from February 2011 through March 2018. 

There are no family relationships among the executive officers or directors of the Company. 

PART II 

Item 5.  Market for the Company’s Common  Equity,  Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer  Purchases of 

Equity Securities 

Foot Locker, Inc. common stock (ticker symbol “FL”) is listed on The New York Stock Exchange as well as on the 
Börse Stuttgart stock exchange in Germany. As of February 2, 2019, the Company had 12,690 shareholders of record 
owning 112,221,581 common shares. 

During each of the quarters of 2018, the Company declared a dividend of $0.345 per share. The Board of Directors 
reviews  the  dividend  policy  and  rate,  taking  into  consideration  the  overall  financial  and  strategic  outlook  for  our 
earnings, liquidity, and cash flow. On February 20, 2019, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.38 
per share to be paid on May 3, 2019. This dividend represents a 10 percent increase over the previous quarterly per 
share amount. 

The following table is a summary of our fourth quarter share repurchases: 

Date Purchased 
Nov. 4 - Dec. 1, 2018 
Dec. 2 - Jan. 5, 2019 
Jan. 6 - Feb. 2, 2019 

Total 
Number 
of Shares 
     Purchased (1)       

Average 
Price 
Paid Per 
Share (1)  

 547,424   
 483,300   
 167,500   
 1,198,224   

$ 

$ 

 51.12    
 50.43    
 56.73    
 51.63    

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased as  
Part of Publicly  
Announced 
Program (2) 

 547,200    $ 
 483,300   
 167,500   
 1,198,000   

Approximate 
Dollar Value of 
Shares that may 
yet be Purchased 
Under the 
Program (2) 

 417,236,248 
 392,863,811 
 383,360,707 

(1)  These columns also reflect shares acquired in satisfaction of the tax withholding obligation of holders of restricted stock awards which vested 
during the quarter and shares repurchased pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The calculation of the average 
price paid per share includes all fees, commissions, and other costs associated with the repurchase of such shares. 

(2)  On February 20, 2019, the Board of Directors approved a new 3-year, $1.2 billion share repurchase program extending through January 2022, 

replacing the previous $1.2 billion program. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
   
 
 
Performance Graph 

The graph below compares the cumulative five-year total return to shareholders (common stock price appreciation 
plus dividends, on a reinvested basis) on Foot Locker, Inc.’s common stock relative to the total returns of the S&P 
500 Specialty Retailing Index and the S&P 500 Index. 

The following Performance Graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or deemed to be 
filed with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities 
Act  of  1933  or  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  each  as  amended,  except  to  the  extent  that  we  specifically 
incorporate it by reference into such filing. 

Foot Locker, Inc. 
S&P 500 Index 
S&P 500 Specialty Retailing Index 

     2/1/2014     1/31/2015      1/30/2016      1/28/2017      2/3/2018      2/2/2019 
  $ 100.00   $  140.34   $  180.92   $  185.25   $  135.37   $ 158.39 
  $ 100.00   $  114.22   $  113.45   $  137.11   $  168.40   $ 168.30 
  $ 100.00   $  133.45   $  144.54   $  155.49   $  191.43   $ 198.35 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data 

FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The selected financial data below should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the 
Notes thereto and other information contained elsewhere in this report. 

Summary of Operations 
Sales 
Gross margin 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Depreciation and amortization 
Litigation and other charges 
Interest (income) / expense, net 
Other income 
Net income 
Per Common Share Data 

Basic earnings 
Diluted earnings 
Common stock dividends declared per share 

Weighted-average Common Shares Outstanding 

Basic earnings 
Diluted earnings 
Financial Condition 
Cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments 
Merchandise inventories 
Property and equipment, net 
Total assets 
Long-term debt and obligations under capital leases 
Total shareholders’ equity 
Financial Ratios 
Sales per average gross square foot (2) 
SG&A as a percentage of sales 
Net income margin 
Adjusted net income margin (3) 
Earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) (3) 
EBIT margin (3) 
Adjusted EBIT (3) 
Adjusted EBIT margin (3) 
Return on assets (ROA) 
Return on invested capital (ROIC) (3) 
Net debt capitalization percent (3), (4) 
Current ratio 
Other Data 
Capital expenditures 
Number of stores at year end 
Total selling square footage at year end (in millions) 
Total gross square footage at year end (in millions) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2018 

      2017 (1)      
2016 
(in millions, except per share amounts) 

      2015 

2014 

 7,939   
 2,528   
 1,614   
 178   
 37   
 (9)  
 (5)  
 541   

 4.68   
 4.66   
 1.38   

 7,782   
 2,456   
 1,501   
 173   
 211   
 (2)  
 (5)  
 284   

 2.23   
 2.22   
 1.24   

 7,766   
 2,636   
 1,472   
 158   
 6   
 2   
 (6)  
 664   

 4.95   
 4.91   
 1.10   

 7,412   
 2,505   
 1,415   
 148   
 105   
 4   
 (4)  
 541   

 3.89   
 3.84   
 1.00   

 7,151 
 2,374 
 1,426 
 139 
 4 
 5 
 (9)
 520 

 3.61 
 3.56 
 0.88 

 115.6   
 116.1   

 127.2   
 127.9   

 134.0   
 135.1   

 139.1   
 140.8   

 143.9 
 146.0 

 891   
 1,269   
 836   
 3,820   
 124   
 2,506   

 504   
 20.3 % 
 6.8 % 
 6.9 % 
 704  
 8.9 % 
 741  
 9.3 % 
 13.9 % 
 12.0 % 
 51.7 % 
 3.3   

 849   
 1,278   
 866   
 3,961   
 125   
 2,519   

 495   
 19.3   
 3.6   
 6.6   
 576   
 7.4   
 762   
 9.9   
 7.3   
 11.0   
 54.4   
 4.1   

  $ 

 187   
 3,221   
 7.63   
 13.24   

 274   
 3,310   
 7.71   
 13.30   

 1,046   
 1,307   
 765   
 3,840   
 127   
 2,710   

 515   
 19.0   
 8.6   
 8.4   
 1,006   
 13.0   
 1,012   
 13.0   
 17.4   
 15.1   
 48.5   
 4.3   

 266   
 3,363   
 7.63   
 13.12   

 1,021   
 1,285   
 661   
 3,775   
 130   
 2,553   

 504   
 19.1   
 7.3   
 8.2   
 841   
 11.3   
 946   
 12.8   
 14.7   
 15.8   
 47.4   
 3.7   

 967 
 1,250 
 620 
 3,577 
 134 
 2,496 

 490 
 19.9 
 7.3 
 7.3 
 814 
 11.4 
 816 
 11.4 
 14.7 
 15.0 
 43.4 
 3.5 

 228   
 3,383   
 7.58   
 12.92   

 190 
 3,423 
 7.48 
 12.73 

(1)  2017 represents the 53 weeks ended February 3, 2018. 
(2)  Calculated as store sales divided by the average monthly ending gross square footage of the last thirteen months. The computation for each 
of the years presented reflects the foreign exchange rate in effect for such year. The 2017 amount has been calculated excluding the sales of 
the 53rd week. 

(3)  These represent non-GAAP measures, see Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” 

for additional information and calculation. 

(4)  Represents total debt and obligations under capital leases, net of cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments. This calculation includes 

the present value of operating leases and therefore is considered a non-GAAP measure. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
     
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
     
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
     
     
     
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

This  report  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  federal  securities  laws.  Other  than 
statements of historical facts, all statements  which address activities, events, or developments that the Company 
anticipates will or may occur in the future, including, but not limited to, such things as future capital expenditures, 
expansion,  strategic  plans,  financial  objectives,  dividend  payments,  stock  repurchases,  growth  of  the  Company’s 
business and operations, including future cash flows, revenues, and earnings, and other such matters, are forward-
looking  statements.  These  forward-looking  statements  are  based  on  many  assumptions  and  factors  which  are 
detailed in the Company’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

These forward-looking statements are based largely on our expectations and judgments and are subject to a number 
of risks and uncertainties, many of which are unforeseeable and beyond our control. For additional discussion on 
risks and uncertainties that may affect forward-looking statements, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A. Any changes 
in such assumptions or factors could produce significantly different results. The Company undertakes no obligation 
to update forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. 

Business Overview 

Foot Locker, Inc., through its subsidiaries, is one of the largest athletic footwear and apparel retailers in the world, 
operating 3,221 stores in 27 countries. The Foot Locker brand is one of the most widely recognized names in the 
markets in which we operate, epitomizing premium quality for the active lifestyle customer. We operate websites and 
mobile  apps,  aligned  with  the  brand  names  of  our  store  banners  (including  footlocker.com,  ladyfootlocker.com, 
six02.com, kidsfootlocker.com, champssports.com, footaction.com, footlocker.ca, footlocker.eu, footlocker.com.au, 
runnerspoint.com, sidestep-shoes.com, footlocker.hk, footlocker.sg, and footlocker.my). These sites offer some of 
the largest online selections of athletically inspired shoes and apparel, while providing a seamless link between e-
commerce  and  physical  stores.  We  also  operate 
final-score.com,  and 
eastbayteamsales.com. 

for  eastbay.com, 

the  websites 

With  its  various  marketing  channels  and  experiences  across  North  America,  Europe,  Asia,  Australia,  and  New 
Zealand,  the  Company's  purpose  is  to  inspire  and  empower  youth  culture  around  the  world,  by  fueling  a  shared 
passion for self-expression and creating unrivaled experiences at the heart of the sport and sneaker communities.  

Segment Reporting 

We identify our operating segments according to how our business activities are managed and evaluated by our chief 
operating decision maker, our CEO. Prior to 2018, we had two reportable segments, Athletic Stores and Direct-to-
Customers. Beginning in 2018, the Company has changed its organizational and internal reporting structure in order 
to execute our omni-channel strategy. This change resulted in the combination of our stores and direct-to-customer 
financial results.  

The  Company  has  determined  that  it  has  two  operating  segments,  North  America  and  International.  Our  North 
America operating segment includes the results of the following banners operating in the U.S.  and Canada: Foot 
Locker, Kids Foot Locker, Lady Foot Locker, Champs Sports, Footaction, and SIX:02, including each of their related 
e-commerce  businesses,  as  well  as  our  Eastbay  business  that  includes  internet,  catalog,  and  team  sales.  Our 
International operating segment includes the results of the following banners operating in Europe, Asia, Australia, 
and New Zealand: Foot Locker, Runners Point, Sidestep, and Kids Foot Locker, including each of their related e-
commerce businesses. We have further aggregated these operating segments into one reportable segment based 
upon their shared customer base and similar economic characteristics.  

During 2018, the Company expanded into Asia, we have opened five stores and launched our digital channels across 
Singapore, Hong Kong, and Malaysia. In addition, we entered China through a limited offering in partnership with 
Tmall  (a  Chinese-language  platform  for  business-to-consumer  online  retail).  During  the  first  quarter  of  2019,  we 
updated our organizational structure to support an accelerated growth strategy for the region. We opened an Asian 
headquarters in Singapore and realigned our organization into three distinct geographic regions: Europe, Middle East 
and Africa (EMEA), Asia Pacific, and North America. The Company will reevaluate during the first quarter of 2019 
our operating segments and reporting units as a result of this change. 

14 

 
 
Store and Operations Profile 

  February 3,  

  February 2,   Relocations/  

  Square Footage 
(in thousands) 

2018 

     Opened       Closed      

2019 

Foot Locker U.S. 
Foot Locker Europe 
Foot Locker Canada 
Foot Locker Pacific 
Foot Locker Asia 
Kids Foot Locker 
Lady Foot Locker 
Champs Sports 
Footaction 
Runners Point 
Sidestep 
SIX:02 
Total 

 910   
 636   
 111   
 98   
 —  
 436   
 85   
 541   
 260   
 118   
 83   
 32   
 3,310   

 2   
 18   
 —   
 2   
 5  
 3   
 —   
 3   
 5   
 3   
 4   
 —   
 45   

 26   
 12   
 4   
 6   
 —  
 11   
 28   
 9   
 15   
 14   
 7   
 2   
 134   

     Remodels       Selling      Gross 
 4,184 
 2,158 
 426 
 230 
 34 
 1,267 
 133 
 2,974 
 1,360 
 238 
 133 
 102 
 13,239 

 2,404   
 1,002   
 263   
 139   
 19  
 738   
 79   
 1,913   
 799   
 138   
 74   
 60   
 7,628   

 33   
 37   
 7   
 7   
 —  
 7   
 —   
 17   
 8   
 1   
 5   
 —   
 122   

 886   
 642   
 107   
 94   
 5  
 428   
 57   
 535   
 250   
 107   
 80   
 30   
 3,221   

We operated 3,221 stores as of the end of 2018. The following is a brief description of each of our banners: 

Foot Locker — Foot Locker is a leading global youth culture brand that connects the sneaker obsessed consumer 
with  the  most  innovative  and  culturally  relevant  sneakers  and  apparel.  Across  all  our  consumer  touchpoints, 
Foot Locker  enables  consumers  to  fulfill  their  desire  to  be  part  of  sneaker  and  youth  culture.  We  curate  special 
product assortments and marketing content that supports our premium position – from leading global brands such as 
Nike, Jordan, adidas, and Puma, as well as new and emerging brands in the athletic and lifestyle space. We connect 
emotionally with our consumers through a combination of global brand events and highly targeted and personalized 
experiences  in  local  markets.  Foot  Locker’s  1,734  stores  are  located  in  27  countries  including  886  in  the  United 
States, Puerto Rico, U.S. Virgin Islands, and Guam, 107 in Canada, 642 in Europe, a combined 94 in Australia and 
New Zealand, and 5 in Asia. Our domestic stores have an average of 2,700 selling square feet and our international 
stores have an average of 1,700 selling square feet. 

Kids  Foot  Locker —  Kids  Foot  Locker  offers  the  largest  selection  of  brand-name  athletic  footwear,  apparel  and 
accessories for children. We feature products, content and experiences geared toward youth sneaker culture. Of our 
428 stores, 369 are located in the United States, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands, 38 in Europe, 19 in Canada, 
and a combined 2 in Australia and New Zealand. These stores have an average of 1,700 selling square feet. 

Lady Foot Locker — Lady Foot Locker is a U.S. retailer of athletic footwear, apparel, and accessories dedicated to 
sneaker-obsessed young women. Our stores provide premium sneakers and apparel, carefully selected to reflect the 
latest styles. Lady Foot Locker operates 57 stores that are located in the United States and Puerto Rico. These stores 
have an average of 1,400 selling square feet. 

Champs Sports — Champs Sports is one of the largest mall-based specialty athletic footwear and apparel retailers 
in North America. With a focus on the lifestyle expression of sport, Champs Sports’ product categories include athletic 
footwear and apparel, and sport-lifestyle inspired accessories. This assortment allows Champs Sports to offer the 
best head-to-toe fashion stories representing the most powerful athletic brands, sports teams, and athletes in North 
America. Of our 535 stores, 504 are located in the United States, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands and 31 in 
Canada. The Champs Sports stores have an average of 3,600 selling square feet. 

Footaction — Footaction is a North American athletic footwear and apparel retailer that offers the freshest, best edited 
selection  of  athletic  lifestyle  brands  and  looks.  This  banner  is  uniquely  positioned  at  the  intersection  of  sport  and 
style, with a focus on authentic, premium product. The primary consumer is a style-obsessed, confident, influential 
young male who is always dressed to impress. Of our 250 stores, 246 are located in the United States and Puerto 
Rico and 4 are in Canada. The Footaction stores have an average of 3,200 selling square feet. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Runners Point — Runners Point specializes in running footwear, apparel, and equipment for both performance and 
lifestyle purposes. This banner offers athletically inspired premium products and personalized service. Runners Point 
also caters to local running communities providing technical products, training tips and access to local running and 
group events, while also serving their lifestyle running needs. Our 107 stores are located in Germany, Austria, and 
Switzerland. Runners Point stores have an average of 1,300 selling square feet. 

Sidestep — Sidestep is a predominantly athletic fashion footwear banner. Our 80 stores are located in Germany, 
Austria, Netherlands, and Switzerland. Sidestep caters to a more discerning, fashion forward consumer. Sidestep 
stores have an average of 900 selling square feet. 

SIX:02 — SIX:02 operates 30 stores in the United  States and have  an average of 2,000 selling  square feet. The 
Company has decided to close the SIX:02 banner during the early part of 2019 and will focus on its women’s business 
through our other banners. 

Eastbay 

Eastbay is a sporting goods direct marketer operating in the United States, providing serious high school and other 
athletes  with  a  complete  sports  solution  including  athletic  footwear,  apparel,  equipment,  and  team  licensed 
merchandise for a broad range of sports. With  150 sales professionals serving the United States, Eastbay Team 
Sales connects directly with thousands of high school coaches and athletic directors in offering the best performance 
product and premium level of service.  

Franchise Operations 

The Company operates franchised Foot Locker stores located within the Middle East, as well as franchised stores in 
Germany under the Runners Point banner. In addition, we entered into a franchise agreement during 2017 with Fox-
Wizel Ltd for franchised stores operating in Israel.  

A total of 122 franchised stores were operating as of February 2, 2019, 10 in Germany and 112 in the Middle East, 
of which 41 are in Israel. 

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures 

In  addition  to  reporting  the  Company’s  financial  results  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  the  Company  reports  certain 
financial  results  that  differ  from  what  is  reported  under  GAAP.  In  the  following  tables,  we  have  presented  certain 
financial measures and ratios identified as non-GAAP such as sales excluding 53rd week, Earnings Before Interest 
and  Taxes  (“EBIT”),  adjusted  EBIT,  adjusted  EBIT  margin,  adjusted  income  before  income  taxes,  adjusted  net 
income, adjusted net income margin, adjusted diluted earnings per share, Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”), free 
cash  flow,  and  net  debt  capitalization.  We  present  these  non-GAAP  measures  because  we  believe  they  assist 
investors in comparing our performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that are 
not indicative of our core business or which affect comparability. In addition, these non-GAAP measures are useful 
in assessing our progress in achieving our long-term financial objectives. 

Additionally,  we  present  certain  amounts  as  excluding  the  effects  of  foreign  currency  fluctuations,  which  are  also 
considered non-GAAP measures. Throughout the following discussions, where amounts are expressed as excluding 
the effects of foreign currency fluctuations, such changes are determined by translating all amounts in both years 
using the prior-year average foreign exchange rates. Presenting amounts on a constant currency basis is useful to 
investors because it enables them to better understand the changes in our businesses that are not related to currency 
movements. 

Fiscal year 2017 represented the fifty-three weeks ended February 3, 2018. Accordingly, certain non-GAAP results 
have also been adjusted to exclude the effects of the 53rd week to assist in comparability. 

We estimate the tax effect of the non-GAAP adjustments by applying a marginal rate to each of the respective items. 
The income tax items represent the discrete amount that affected the period. The non-GAAP financial information 
is provided in addition to, and not as an alternative to, our reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
Presented below is a reconciliation of GAAP and non-GAAP results discussed throughout this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K. Please see the non-GAAP reconciliations for free cash flow and net debt capitalization in the 
“Liquidity and Capital Resources” section. 

16 

Reconciliation: 

Sales 
53rd week 
Sales excluding 53rd week (non-GAAP) 

Pre-tax income: 
Income before income taxes 
Pre-tax adjustments excluded from GAAP: 

Litigation and other charges (1) 
53rd week 

Adjusted income before income taxes (non-GAAP) 

Calculation of Earnings Before Interest and Taxes (EBIT): 
Income before income taxes 
Interest (income) / expense, net 
EBIT 

Adjusted income before income taxes 
Interest (income) / expense, net 
Adjusted EBIT 

EBIT margin % 
Adjusted EBIT margin % 

After-tax income: 
Net income 
After-tax adjustments excluded from GAAP: 

Litigation and other charges, net of income tax benefit of $6, $78, 
and $1 million, respectively (1) 
U.S. tax reform (2) 
Tax expense related to Dutch and French tax rate change (3) 
Tax benefit related to enacted change in foreign branch currency 
regulations (4) 
Income tax valuation allowances (5) 
Tax benefit related to intellectual property reassessment (6) 
53rd week, net of income tax expense of $9 million 

Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) 

  $ 

Earnings per share: 
Diluted EPS 
Diluted EPS amounts excluded from GAAP: 

Litigation and other charges (1) 
U.S. tax reform (2) 
Tax expense related to Dutch and French tax rate change (3) 
Tax benefit related to enacted change in foreign branch currency 
regulations (4) 
Income tax valuation allowances (5) 
Tax benefit related to intellectual property reassessment (6) 
53rd week 

Adjusted diluted EPS (non-GAAP) 

  $ 

Net income margin % 
Adjusted net income margin % 

17 

2018 

  $ 

  $ 

 7,939  
 —  
 7,939  

2017 
($ in millions) 
 7,782  
$
 95  
 7,687  

$

2016 

$ 

$ 

 7,766  
 —  
 7,766  

  $ 

 713  

$

 578  

$ 

 1,004  

 37  
 —  
 750  

 713  
 (9) 
 704  

 750  
 (9) 
 741  

$

$

$

$

$

 211  
 (25) 
 764  

 578  
 (2) 
 576  

 764  
 (2) 
 762  

 6  
 —  
 1,010  

 1,004  
 2  
 1,006  

 1,010  
 2  
 1,012  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

8.9 %    
9.3 %    

 7.4 %    
 9.9 %    

 13.0 %
 13.0 %

  $ 

 541  

$

 284  

$ 

 664  

 31  
 (28) 
 4  

 (1) 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 547  

$

 133  
 99  
 2  

 —  
 8  
 —  
 (16) 
 510  

$ 

 5  
 —  
 2  

 (9) 
 —  
 (10) 
 —  
 652  

  $ 

 4.66  

$

 2.22  

$ 

 4.91  

 0.27  
 (0.25) 
 0.04  

 (0.01) 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 4.71  

$

 1.02  
 0.78  
 0.02  

 —  
 0.07  
 —  
 (0.12) 
 3.99  

$ 

 0.03  
 —  
 0.02  

 (0.07) 
 —  
 (0.07) 
 —  
 4.82  

 6.8 %    
 6.9 %    

 3.6 %    
 6.6 %    

 8.6 %
 8.4 %

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
     
 
    
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
Notes on Non-GAAP Adjustments: 

(1)  Litigation and other charges for 2018 includes pension-related litigation charges ($18 million, or $13 million after-tax) and impairment charges 
($19 million, or $18 million after-tax). The 2017 amount represented pension-related litigation charges ($178 million, or $111 million after-tax), 
impairment charges ($20 million, or $14 million after-tax), and severance and related costs ($13 million, or $8 million after-tax). The 2016 
amount represented impairment charges of $6 million, or $5 million after-tax. 
Pension litigation - The Company recorded pre-tax charges $18 million during 2018, in connection with its U.S. retirement plan litigation and 
required plan reformation. The charge reflected $13 million of adjustments to the estimated cost of the reformation and interest. Additionally, 
professional fees of $5 million were incurred during 2018 in connection with the plan reformation.  
Impairment charges – The Company recognized pre-tax impairment charges totaling $19 million, $20 million, and $6 million during the fourth 
quarters of 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. These charges were associated with our SIX:02, Runners Point, and Sidestep businesses and 
primarily represented the write-down of the Runners Point tradename, store fixtures, and leasehold improvements.  
Severance and related costs – During the third quarter of 2017, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $13 million associated with the 
reorganization and the reduction of staff taken to improve efficiency. 

(2)  On December 22, 2017, the United States enacted tax reform legislation that included a broad range of business tax provisions. During the 
fourth quarter of 2017, the Company recognized a $99 million provisional charge for the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign sourced net 
earnings and a corresponding change in our permanent reinvestment assertion under ASC 740-30. During 2018, the Company reduced the 
provisional amounts by $28 million. This adjustment represented a $21 million reduction in the deemed repatriation tax and a $7 million benefit 
related to IRS accounting method changes and timing difference adjustments. 
We exclude the discrete U.S. tax reform effect from our Adjusted diluted EPS as it does not reflect our ongoing tax obligations under U.S. tax 
reform. 

(3)  During the fourth quarters of 2018 and 2017, the Company recognized tax expense of $4 million and $2 million, respectively, in connection to 
separate tax rate reductions in the Netherlands and France, respectively, to write down the value of deferred tax assets. During 2016, the 
Company recognized tax expense of $2 million related to a separate tax rate reduction in France. 

(4)  During the second quarter of 2018, the U.S. Treasury issued a notice that delayed the effective date of regulations under Internal Revenue 
Code Section 987. These regulations, which were promulgated in December 2016, changed our method for determining the tax effects of 
foreign currency translation gains and losses for our foreign businesses that are operated as branches and are reported in a currency other 
than the currency of their parent. As a result of the delay in the effective date, the Company updated its calculations for the effect of these 
regulations, which resulted in an increase to deferred tax assets and a corresponding reduction in our income tax provision in the amount of 
$1 million. The change in 2016 resulted in an increase to deferred tax assets and a corresponding reduction in our income tax provision of 
$9 million. 

(5)  During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company determined that certain valuation allowances should be established against deferred tax assets 

associated with the Runners Point and Sidestep stores and e-commerce businesses. 

(6)  During the third quarter of 2016, we performed a scheduled reassessment of the value of the intellectual property provided to our European 
business by Foot Locker in the U.S. during the fourth quarter of 2012. The new, higher valuation resulted in catch-up deductions that reduced 
tax expense by $10 million. 

Return on Invested Capital 

ROIC is presented below and represents a non-GAAP measure. We believe it is a meaningful measure because it 
quantifies how efficiently we generated operating income relative to the capital we have invested in the business. In 
order  to  calculate  ROIC,  we  adjust  our  results  to  reflect  our  operating  leases  as  if  they  qualified  for  capital  lease 
treatment. Operating leases are the primary financing vehicle used to fund store expansion and, therefore, we believe 
that the presentation of these leases as if they were capital leases is appropriate. Accordingly, the asset base and 
net income amounts are adjusted to reflect this in the calculation of ROIC. ROIC, subject to certain adjustments, is 
also used as a measure in executive long-term incentive compensation. 

The closest U.S. GAAP measure to ROIC is Return on Assets (“ROA”) and is also represented below. ROA increased 
to 13.9 percent as compared to 7.3 percent in the prior year. This improvement reflects the increase in net income 
as compared with the prior year, which included charges related to the pension matter and the effects of tax reform. 

Our ROIC increased to 12.0 percent in 2018, as compared to 11.0 percent in the prior year. Average invested capital 
decreased compared with the prior year and after-tax earnings increased, which resulted in the overall increase in 
ROIC. Average invested capital decreased as a result of the effect of opening fewer new stores, more stores that are 
operating on a month-to-month basis or paying variable rents coupled with foreign exchange rate fluctuations. The 
earnings increase is more fully discussed on the following pages. 

ROA (1) 
ROIC % 

2018 

2017 

2016 

 13.9 %   
 12.0 %   

 7.3 %   
 11.0 %   

 17.4 % 
 15.1 % 

(1)  Represents net income of $541 million, $284 million, and $664 million divided by average total assets of $3,891 million, $3,901 million, and 

$3,808 million for 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
  
  
  
 
Calculation of ROIC: 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

Adjusted EBIT 
+ Rent expense 
- Estimated depreciation on capitalized operating leases (1)  
Adjusted net operating profit 
- Adjusted income tax expense (2) 
= Adjusted return after taxes (3) 
Average total assets 
- Average cash and cash equivalents 
- Average non-interest bearing current liabilities 
- Average merchandise inventories 
+ Average estimated asset base of capitalized operating 
leases (1) 
+ 13‑month average merchandise inventories 
= Average invested capital 
ROIC % 

  $ 

2018 

 741  
 750  
 (603) 
 888  
 (241) 
 647  
 3,891  
 (870) 
 (690) 
 (1,274) 

2017 
($ in millions) 
 762  
$ 
 735  
 (593) 
 904  
 (304) 
 600  
 3,901  
 (948) 
 (614) 
 (1,293) 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2016 

 1,012  
 690  
 (552) 
 1,150  
 (409) 
 741  
 3,808  
 (1,034) 
 (656) 
 (1,296) 

 2,989  
 1,337  
 5,383  

$ 
 12.0 %    

 2,978  
 1,413  
 5,437  

$ 
 11.0 %    

 2,687  
 1,388  
 4,897  

 15.1 %

(1)  The determination of the capitalized operating leases and the adjustments to income have been calculated on a lease-by-lease basis and have 
been consistently calculated in each of the years presented above. Capitalized operating leases represent the best estimate of the asset base 
that would be recorded for operating leases as if they had been classified as capital or as if the property were purchased. The present value 
of  operating  leases  is  discounted  using  various  interest  rates  ranging  from  1.7 percent  to  14.5 percent,  which  represents  our  incremental 
borrowing rate at inception of the lease. The capitalized operating leases and related income statement amounts disclosed above do not reflect 
the requirements of Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases. 

(2)  The adjusted income tax expense represents the marginal tax rate applied to net operating profit for each of the periods presented. 
(3)  The adjusted return after taxes does not include interest expense that would be recorded on a capital lease. 

Overview of Consolidated Results 

2016 

2018 

2017 
(in millions, except per share data) 
 7,939   $ 
 504  
 2,528  
 1,614  
 178  

 7,782   $ 
 495  
 2,456  
 1,501  
 173  

 789  
 18  
 72  
 699  
 9  
 5  
 713  

 810  
 191  
 48  
 571  
 2  
 5  
 578  

 541   $ 
 4.66   $ 

 284   $ 
 2.22   $ 

 7,766 
 515 
 2,636 
 1,472 
 158 

 1,070 
 — 
 70 
 1,000 
 (2)
 6 
 1,004 

 664 
 4.91 

Sales 

Sales per square foot 

Gross margin 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Depreciation and amortization 

Operating Results 
Division profit 
Less: Pension litigation and reorganization charges 
Less: Corporate expense 
Income from operations 
Interest income (expense), net 
Other income 
Income before income taxes 

Net income 
Diluted earnings per share 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Highlights of our 2018 financial performance include: 

•  Sales and comparable-store sales, as noted in the table below, both increased and benefitted from improved 
assortments compared with the prior year. We worked closely with our strategic partners to deliver exciting 
and exclusive product offerings and improved our local product assortments. Additionally, in early 2018 we 
changed our organizational structure by aligning our stores and e-commerce businesses in support of our 
omni-channel  strategies.  The  benefits  from  that  realignment  are  noted  in  the  results  of  the  e-commerce 
business. 

Sales increase 
Comparable-store sales increase / (decrease) 

2018 

2017 

2016 

 2.0 %   
 2.7 %   

 0.2 %   
 (3.1)%   

 4.8 %
 4.3 %

•  Footwear sales represented 82 percent of total sales for all periods presented.  
•  Our stores and direct-to-customer sales channels experienced overall comparable-sales gains of 1.1 percent 

and 12.3 percent, respectively.  

•  Sales per square foot increased by 1.8 percent to $504. 
•  Sales  of  our  direct-to-customers  channel  increased  by  10.5 percent  to  $1,225  million,  as  compared  with 
$1,109 million in 2017 and increased by 110 basis points as a percentage of total sales to 15.4 percent. The 
direct business has been steadily increasing as a percentage of total sales over the last several years. Our 
growth  reflected  our  expansion  into  new  geographies  and  customers’  acceptance  of  our  technology 
improvements. 

•  Gross  margin,  as  a percentage  of  sales,  increased  by  20  basis  points  to  31.8 percent  in  2018.  The 
improvement  was  primarily  driven  by  an  increase  in  our  merchandise  margin  rate,  reflecting  a  lower 
markdown rate as compared with the prior year.  

•  SG&A expenses were 20.3 percent of sales, an increase of 100 basis points as compared with the prior year. 
The overall increase reflected higher wages, higher incentive compensation expense, and an increase in 
costs incurred in connection with our ongoing investment in various technology and infrastructure projects.  
•  Net income was $541 million, or $4.66 diluted earnings per share, which represented a significant increase 
from the prior-year period. This increase reflected, in part, the charge recorded in the prior year related to 
the  pension  matter  and  tax  reform.  Adjusted  net  income  was  $547  million,  or  $4.71  diluted  earnings  per 
share, an increase of 18.0 percent from the corresponding non-GAAP prior-year period. 

•  Net income margin increased to 6.8 percent as compared with 3.6 percent in the prior year. Our adjusted 

net income margin increased to 6.9 percent in 2018 as compared to 6.6 percent in the prior year. 

Highlights of our financial position for the period ended February 2, 2019 include: 

•  We  ended  the year  in  a  strong  financial  position.  At year  end,  we  had  $767  million  of  cash  and  cash 

equivalents, net of debt. Cash and cash equivalents at February 2, 2019 were $891 million. 

•  Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was  $781  million.  This  result  included  pension  contributions  of 
$128 million and a $97 million payment to class counsel related to the pension litigation matter. Excluding 
these  outflows,  operating  activities  were  strong  and  reflected  the  Company’s  improved  working  capital 
management, with inventories declining slightly despite higher sales. 

•  Cash capital expenditures during 2018 totaled $187 million and were primarily directed to the remodeling or 
relocation  of  122  stores,  the  build-out  of  45  new  stores,  as  well  as  other  technology  and  infrastructure 
projects. 

•  We made minority investments of $89 million during 2018, bringing our total investments to $104 million. 
These  investments  are  part  of  the  Company’s  broader  strategic  initiatives  aimed  at  strengthening  and 
diversifying our role within the sneaker community. Additionally, we expect that these strategic investments 
allow us to better adapt to the dynamically evolving consumer and retail landscape by strengthening our 
capabilities, providing diversification, and gaining greater insights into youth culture. 

•  During 2018, we returned significant amounts of cash to our shareholders. Dividends totaling $158 million 
were declared and paid during 2018, and 7.9 million shares were repurchased under our share repurchase 
program at a cost of $375 million. In February 2019, our Board of Directors approved a dividend increase of 
10 percent and approved a new 3-year $1.2 billion share repurchase program. These initiatives demonstrate 
our commitment to delivering meaningful returns to our shareholders. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
Sales 

All references to comparable-store sales for a given period relate to sales of stores that were open at the period-end 
and had been open for more than one year. The computation of consolidated comparable-store sales also includes 
direct-to-customers sales. Stores opened or closed during the period are not included in the comparable-store base; 
however,  stores  closed  temporarily  for  relocation  or  remodeling  are  included.  Computations  exclude  the  effect  of 
foreign currency fluctuations. Comparable-store sales for 2017 does not include the sales from the 53rd week. 

The information shown below represents certain sales metrics by sales channel:  

Stores 
Sales 
$ Change 
% Change 
% of total sales 
Comparable sales increase (decrease) 

Direct-to-customers  
Sales 
$ Change 
% Change 
% of total sales 
Comparable sales increase 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

 6,714   $ 
 41   $ 
 0.6 %   
 84.6 %   
 1.1 %   

 1,225   $ 
 116   $ 
 10.5 %   
 15.4 %   
 12.3 %   

 6,673   $ 
 (71) 
 (1.1)%   
 85.7 %   
 (4.7)%   

 1,109   $ 
 87  
 8.5 %   
 14.3 %   
 6.9 %   

2016 

 6,744  

 86.8 % 
 3.6 % 

 1,022  

 13.2 % 
 8.8 % 

Effective with the first quarter of 2018, the Company discloses one reportable segment and, accordingly, the following 
discussion describes the changes in sales by banner on an omni-channel basis, meaning that each banner’s results 
are inclusive of its store and e-commerce activity, unless noted otherwise.  

2018 compared with 2017 

Sales of $7,939 million in 2018 increased by 2.0 percent from sales of $7,782 million in 2017. Excluding the effect of 
foreign  currency  fluctuations,  sales  increased  by  1.7 percent  as  compared  with  2017.  Comparable-store  sales 
increased 2.7 percent during 2018 as compared with the corresponding prior-year period.  

Both of our sales channels generated positive results as compared with the prior year. The overall comparable sales 
growth  was  led  by  our  direct-to-customers  channel,  which  increased  by  12.3  percent  as  compared  with  the 
corresponding  prior-year  period.  The  improvement  in  our  direct-to-customers  channel  reflected  positive  customer 
sentiment as a result of various e-commerce customer experience enhancements. Our stores channel also performed 
well and generated a comparable sales increase of 1.1 percent as compared with the corresponding prior-year period. 
Both channels benefitted from improved product assortments, including higher sales from our marquee business and 
secondary brands. 

Excluding the effect of foreign currency fluctuations and the 53rd week in 2017, the increase in total sales was across 
most of our banners and was led by our North American operations. The largest gains were experienced by Eastbay, 
Kids Foot Locker, Foot Locker, and Champs Sports. The banners that experienced declines during 2018 included 
Runners Point, Sidestep, SIX:02, and Footaction. Our operations in Europe ended the year relatively flat as compared 
with the corresponding prior-year period as the fourth quarter’s high single-digit sales increase was not quite enough 
to offset the declines experienced earlier in the year. 

From a product perspective, footwear and apparel sales led the increase. Sales of men’s and children’s footwear 
increased, while sales of women’s footwear declined. The decline in sales of women’s footwear primarily reflected 
declines  in  sales  of  women’s  running  and  court  styles  as  the  prior  year  included  the  success  of  certain  women’s 
offerings with no comparable offerings in the current year. Our apparel sales increased primarily due to improvements 
in our men’s and children’s product offerings. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017 compared with 2016 

Sales of $7,782 million in 2017 increased by 0.2 percent from sales of $7,766 million in 2016. Results from 2017 
include the effect of the 53rd week, which represented sales of $95 million. Excluding the effect of foreign currency 
fluctuations, sales declined 0.5 percent as compared with 2016. Comparable-store sales declined 3.1 percent during 
2017 as compared with 2016. 

The overall decline in comparable-store sales was primarily driven by a decrease in footwear sales. By channel, our 
direct-to-customers business led the overall result. Comparable-sales for the direct-to-customers channel increased 
6.9 percent in 2017 as compared to 2016. The comparable-sales gain primarily reflected growth in our domestic and 
international store-banner e-commerce businesses coupled with an increase in our Eastbay business. Internationally, 
we continued to expand the geographies that we serve in 2017, including most notably launching our e-commerce 
business in Australia. 

During 2017, we experienced a decline in footwear sales which reflected a lack of depth and variety of innovative 
new  product  at  the  premium  end  of  the  athletic  footwear  market  to  suit  our  customers’  quickly-changing  style 
preferences. Children’s and women’s footwear sales were the major contributors to the comparable-store declines in 
footwear,  although  men’s  footwear  also  experienced  a  modest  comparable-store  decline.  Women’s  court  styles 
primarily  contributed  to  the  comparable-store  decline  in  women’s  footwear,  particularly  in  Foot  Locker,  Lady  Foot 
Locker,  and  Foot  Locker  Europe.  The  comparable  store-sales  decrease  in  children’s  footwear  mostly  reflected 
declines in the basketball category. Gains in men’s lifestyle running shoes were not enough to compensate for the 
sales declines in basketball and court lifestyle footwear, again due to insufficient product depth.  

Gross Margin 

Gross margin rate 
Basis point increase / (decrease) in the gross margin rate 

Components of the change- 

2018 

2017 

2016 

 31.8 %   
 20   

 31.6 %   
 (230)  

 33.9 % 
 10  

Merchandise margin rate improvement / (decline) 
Higher occupancy and buyers’ compensation expense rate    

 30   
 (10)   

 (160)  
 (70)  

 20  
 (10) 

Gross margin is calculated as sales minus cost of sales. Cost of sales includes: the cost of merchandise, freight, 
distribution  costs  including  related  depreciation  expense,  shipping  and  handling,  occupancy  and  buyers’ 
compensation.  Occupancy  costs  include  rent,  common  area  maintenance  charges,  real  estate  taxes,  general 
maintenance, and utilities. 

The  gross  margin  rate  increased  to  31.8  percent  in  2018  as  compared  to  31.6 percent  in  the  prior  year.  The 
merchandise margin rate improvement primarily reflected lower markdown rates as we increased full-price selling 
especially  as  the  year  progressed.  This  was  partially  offset  by  a  continued  decline  in  our  shipping  and  handling 
revenue as a result of a higher frequency of free shipping offers. The change in the gross margin rate also reflects a 
10 basis point increase in the occupancy and buyers’ compensation rate as compared with 2017. Excluding the 53rd 
week of 2017, the occupancy and buyers’ compensation expense rate improved by 10 basis points. 

The gross margin rate decreased to 31.6 percent in 2017 as compared to 33.9 percent in 2016. The decline in the 
merchandise margin rate in 2017 primarily reflected a higher markdown rate. The higher markdowns were the result 
of a more promotional environment and were necessary to ensure merchandise inventory remained current and in 
line with the sales trend. Although to a lesser degree, a decline in our shipping and handling revenue also negatively 
affected the merchandise margin. The decline in the gross margin rate also reflected an increase in the occupancy 
and buyers’ compensation rate as compared to 2016. Rent-related costs continued to increase while our sales were 
relatively flat. The increase in rent-related costs was primarily driven by entering into leases for high-profile locations.  

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
    
  
 
SG&A 
$ Change 
% Change 
SG&A as a percentage of sales 

  $ 
  $ 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

$ 
 1,614  
 113  
$ 
 7.5 %    
 20.3 %    

$ 

 1,501  
 29  
 2.0 %    
 19.3 %    

 1,472  
 57  
 4.0  
 19.0 % 

SG&A increased by $113 million and 7.5 percent in 2018, as compared with the prior year. As a percentage of sales, 
the  SG&A  rate  increased  by  100  basis  points  as  compared  with  2017.  Excluding  the  effect  of  foreign  currency 
fluctuations, SG&A increased by $105 million and 7.0 percent as compared with the prior year.  

The  higher  SG&A  expense  rate  in  2018  reflected  higher  wages,  higher  incentive  compensation  expense,  and  an 
increase in costs incurred in connection with our ongoing investment in various technology and infrastructure projects. 
Higher incentive compensation, including share-based compensation tied to performance, was recorded reflecting 
our  strong  performance  relative  to  our  financial  targets  as  compared  with  the  prior  year  that  included  minimal 
expense.  Additionally,  during  2017,  the  Company  recorded  hurricane-related  expenses  of  $7 million.  A  benefit  of 
$5 million  was  recorded  during  2018  relating  to  insurance  recoveries  for  damaged  inventory  and  fixed  assets  for 
losses incurred in 2017 during Hurricane Maria. Together, these two factors affected SG&A expense by $12 million. 

The rise in the SG&A expense rate during 2017, as compared to 2016, primarily related to our stores, partially offset 
by a decline in our e-commerce SG&A rate. During 2017, we experienced increases in store-related compensation 
costs as a result of increased minimum wage levels. Additionally, we incurred higher expenses related to wages, 
such as payroll taxes and benefits. These increases in the SG&A expense rate were partially offset by declines in 
incentive compensation and marketing related costs. The 53rd week contributed $16 million of additional expenses in 
2017, however, as a percentage of sales, the SG&A rate remained unchanged at 19.3 percent.  

Depreciation and Amortization 

Depreciation and amortization 
$ Change 
% Change 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

  $ 
  $ 

$ 
 178  
 5  
$ 
 2.9 %     

$ 

 173  
 15  
 9.5 %     

 158 
 10 
 6.8 

Depreciation and amortization increased by $5 million in 2018 as compared with 2017. The effect of foreign currency 
fluctuations on depreciation and amortization for the current year was not significant. The increases in both 2018 and 
2017 reflect a rise in capital spending on store improvements, the enhancement of our digital sites, and various other 
technologies and infrastructure.  

Division Profit 

Included in our 2018 division profit were non-cash impairment charges of $19 million related to the write-down of 
tradenames, store fixtures, and leasehold improvements related to Runners Point, Sidestep, and SIX:02. The effect 
of  the  impairment  charges  decreased  the  division  profit  rate  by  30  basis  points.  The  Company  will  be  closing  its 
SIX:02 stores during 2019, however lease termination payments are not expected to be significant. While our gross 
margin  rate  increased,  our  expenses  grew  at  a  faster  rate  thereby  reducing  division  profit.  The  increase  in  gross 
margin and expenses are more fully discussed in other sections.  

Division  profit  for  2017  also  included  a  non-cash  impairment  charge  of  $20  million  related  to  the  write-down  of 
primarily store fixtures and leasehold improvements. SIX:02 recorded a charge of $16 million and our Runners Point 
and Sidestep stores recorded a charge of $4 million. The effect of the impairment charges decreased the division 
profit rate by 30 basis points. Most of the remaining decline in the division profit rate when comparing 2017 to 2016 
was related to a decrease in the merchandise margin rate reflecting higher markdowns coupled with an increase in 
the SG&A rate. The division profit decline in 2017 was most pronounced in our European business. The 53rd week 
did not have a significant effect on the overall division profit rate. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Litigation and Other Charges 

Litigation  and  other  charges  recorded  totaled  $37  million,  $211  million,  and  $6  million  for  2018,  2017,  and  2016, 
respectively. 

Included  in  division  profit  are  non-cash  impairment  charges  recorded  during  2018,  2017,  and  2016  of  $4  million, 
$20 million,  and  $6  million,  respectively.  These  charges  related  to  the  write-down  of  store  fixtures  and  leasehold 
improvements  of  our  Runners  Point,  Sidestep,  and  SIX:02  stores.  Additionally,  in  2018  we  recorded  a  charge  of 
$15 million to write down the value of the Runners Point tradename. 

Related to our pension litigation, we recorded charges totaling $18 million during 2018. This amount included charges 
of $13 million, which represented adjustments to the estimated cost of reformation and interest. Professional fees in 
connection with the plan reformation were incurred totaling $5 million. During 2017, the Company recorded charges 
totaling $178 million related to the same matter. 

We reduced and reorganized our division and corporate staff during 2017, which resulted in a charge of $13 million. 
The substantial majority of which was for severance and related costs. 

Corporate Expense 

Corporate expense 
$ Change 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

  $ 
  $ 

 72   $ 
 24   $ 

 48   $ 
 (22) 

 70 
 (7)

Corporate  expense  consists  of  unallocated  general  and  administrative  expenses  as  well  as  depreciation  and 
amortization  related  to  the  Company’s  corporate  headquarters,  centrally  managed  departments,  unallocated 
insurance  and  benefit  programs,  certain  foreign  exchange  transaction  gains  and  losses,  and  other  items. 
Depreciation and amortization included in corporate expense was $18 million, $16 million, and $14 million in 2018, 
2017, and 2016, respectively. 

The allocation of corporate expense to the operating divisions is adjusted annually based upon an internal study; 
accordingly,  the  allocation  increased  by  $40  million  in  2018,  thus  reducing  corporate  expense.  Excluding  the 
corporate allocation change, corporate expense increased by $64 million as compared with 2017. This increase was 
primarily due to technology spending related to our various technology initiatives and higher incentive compensation, 
including  the  portion  of  share-based  compensation  that  is  tied  to  the  Company’s  performance.  Share-based 
compensation increased by $7 million as compared with the prior year.  

Corporate expense decreased by $22 million in 2017 as compared with 2016. The annual adjustment of the allocation 
of corporate expense to the operating divisions reduced corporate expense by $4 million. The remaining $18 million 
decline  was  primarily  due  to  a  $13  million  decline  in  incentive  compensation,  which  reflected  the  Company’s 
underperformance relative to its plan. Share-based compensation declined by $7 million and is also primarily related 
to  the  portion  of  share-based  compensation  that  is  tied  directly  to  the  Company’s  performance.  Additionally,  the 
decline  in  corporate  expense  also  reflected  a  decrease  of  $4  million  relating  to  the  2016  corporate  headquarters 
relocation costs. These decreases were partially offset by a $2 million litigation charge, increased corporate support 
costs, such as information technology and real estate management, and increased depreciation and amortization 
expense. The effect of the 53rd week on corporate expense was not significant. 

Interest (Income) / Expense, Net 

Interest expense 
Interest income 
Interest (income) / expense, net 
Weighted-average interest rate (excluding fees) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 11  
 (20) 
$ 
 (9) 
 7.0 %     

$ 

 12  
 (14) 
 (2) 
$ 
 7.3 %     

 11 
 (9)
 2 
 7.2 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
The  changes  during  2018  and  2017  primarily  relate  to  the  amounts  earned  as  interest  income.  Interest  income 
increased by $6 million in 2018 as compared with 2017 and increased $5 million in 2017 as compared with 2016. 
The increase for both periods primarily represented increased income due to higher average interest rates on our 
cash investments. The increase in interest income during 2018 also reflected the effects of cash repatriation to the 
U.S., where we earned a higher average interest rate. We did not have any short-term borrowings, other than small 
amounts related to capital leases, for any of the periods presented. 

Income Taxes 

Public  Law  115-97,  informally  known  as  the  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act  (the  “Tax  Act”),  was  enacted  on 
December 22, 2017. The Tax Act significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax by, among other things, lowering 
the statutory corporate tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent, eliminating certain deductions, imposing a mandatory 
one-time tax on accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries, introducing new tax regimes, and changing how foreign 
earnings are subject to U.S. tax. 

The Company made estimates of the effects and recorded provisional amounts in its 2017 financial statements as 
permitted under Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act 
(“SAB 118”), which provided guidance on accounting for the Tax Act’s effects. During the fourth quarter of 2018, we 
completed our accounting for the Tax Act based on the current facts and regulatory guidance available at the end of 
the SAB 118 measurement period.  

Our effective tax rate for 2018 was 24.1 percent, as compared with 50.8 percent in 2017. The decrease was primarily 
attributable to the absence in 2018 of the substantial one-time Tax Act related charges detailed below, the reduction 
in the corporate federal income tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent, and a $28 million benefit from the completion 
of our accounting for the Tax Act. See also Note 17, Income Taxes for more information under “Item 8. Consolidated 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”  

Partially offsetting these decreases was a 2018 Dutch tax rate reduction that resulted in tax expense of $4 million for 
the write-down of Dutch deferred tax assets. In 2017, we recorded tax expense of $2 million for a French tax rate 
reduction. 

We  regularly  assess  the  adequacy  of  provisions  for  income  tax  contingencies  in  accordance  with  the  applicable 
authoritative guidance on accounting for income taxes. As a result, reserves for unrecognized tax benefits may be 
adjusted due to new facts and developments, such as changes to interpretations of relevant tax law, assessments 
from taxing authorities, settlements with taxing authorities, and lapses of statutes of limitations. The effective tax rate 
for 2018 and 2017 includes reserve releases totaling $5 million and $1 million, respectively, due to audit settlements 
and lapses of statutes of limitations.  

In the fourth quarter of 2017, we recorded a provisional tax of $99 million for the mandatory deemed repatriation of 
historical  foreign  sourced  net  earnings  and  related  items  as  well  as  tax  expense  of  $8  million  related  to  the 
establishment of valuation allowances against certain foreign deferred tax assets. Offsetting these expenses were 
$9 million of excess tax benefits from share-based compensation reflecting the change required by ASC 718 which 
we adopted during 2017.  

Excluding the reserve releases, foreign tax rate changes, repatriation tax, the establishment of valuation allowances, 
and the effects of excess tax benefits recorded during 2017, the effective tax rate for 2018 decreased as compared 
with 2017, due to the federal income tax rate reduction. 

The effective tax rate for 2017 was 50.8 percent, as compared with 33.9 percent in 2016. Excluding the provisional 
repatriation and related items, the establishment of valuation allowances, the effects of excess tax benefits, the effect 
of the charges recorded during 2017, the IP valuation catch-up deductions in 2016, and the effect of Section 987 
Regulations on 2016, the effective tax rate for 2017 decreased as compared with 2016, primarily due to the partial 
year benefit of the federal income tax rate reduction as well as mix of income. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Liquidity 

Our primary source of liquidity has been cash flow from operations, while the principal uses of cash have been to: 
fund inventory and other working capital requirements; finance capital expenditures related to store openings, store 
remodelings,  internet  and  mobile  sites,  information  systems,  and  other  support  facilities;  make  retirement  plan 
contributions, quarterly dividend payments, and interest payments; and fund other cash requirements to support the 
development of our short-term and long-term operating strategies. We generally finance real estate with operating 
leases. We believe our cash, cash equivalents, and future cash flow from operations will be adequate to fund these 
requirements. 

The Company may also from time to time repurchase its common stock or seek to retire or purchase outstanding 
debt  through  open  market  purchases,  privately  negotiated  transactions,  or  otherwise.  Such  repurchases  and 
retirement of debt, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions, 
and  other  factors.  The  amounts  involved  may  be  material.  As  of  February 2,  2019,  approximately  $383  million 
remained available under our current $1.2 billion share repurchase program. On February 20, 2019, the Board of 
Directors approved a new 3-year, $1.2 billion share repurchase program extending through January 2022, replacing 
the previous program. 

Also on February 20, 2019, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.38 per share to be paid on 
May 3, 2019, representing a 10 percent increase over the previous quarterly per share amount. 

As discussed further in the Legal Proceedings note under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” 
during  the  second  quarter  of  2018,  the  Company  reformed  its  U.S.  qualified  pension  plan  which  required  the 
remeasurement of the pension liabilities, as well as payment to plaintiff’s counsel of $97 million representing class 
counsel fees awarded in the judgment. During the fourth quarter of 2017, we deposited $150 million into a qualified 
settlement fund, classified as restricted cash. This fund was used to pay plaintiff’s counsel fees and the balance of 
the settlement fund will be used for future pension contributions during 2019. The timing and the amount of actual 
contributions to the pension plan are dependent on the funded status of the plan and various other factors, such as 
interest rates and the performance of the plan’s assets. 

Any  material  adverse  change  in  customer  demand,  fashion  trends,  competitive  market  forces,  or  customer 
acceptance of our merchandise mix and retail locations, uncertainties related to the effect of competitive products 
and  pricing,  our  reliance  on  a  few  key  suppliers  for  a  significant  portion  of  our  merchandise  purchases  and  risks 
associated with global product sourcing, economic conditions worldwide, the effects of currency fluctuations, as well 
as other factors listed under the heading “Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” could affect our ability 
to continue to fund our liquidity needs from business operations. 

Maintaining access to merchandise that we consider appropriate for our business may be subject to the policies and 
practices of our key suppliers. Therefore, we believe that it is critical to continue to maintain satisfactory relationships 
with these key suppliers. In 2018 and 2017, we purchased approximately 90 percent and 93 percent, respectively, of 
our merchandise from our top five suppliers and expect to continue to obtain a significant percentage of our athletic 
product  from  these  suppliers  in  future  periods.  Approximately  66 percent  in  2018  and  67 percent  in  2017  was 
purchased from one supplier — Nike, Inc. 

Planned capital expenditures in 2019 are $273 million and lease acquisition costs related to our operations in Europe 
are $2 million. Included in this total is $173 million dedicated to elevating our customers’ in-store experience through 
continued  relocation  and  remodels  in  major  cities  and  key  markets.  It  includes  the  remodeling  and  expansion  of 
approximately 190 existing stores, as well as the planned opening of approximately 80 stores, including the continued 
expansion of our “power” stores – pinnacle retail experiences that delivers connected customer interactions through 
service,  experience,  product,  and  a  sense  of  community  -  and  our  expansion  in  Asia  with  a  limited  number  of 
locations. Planned spending for 2019 also includes $100 million for digital and other investments, including additional 
enhancements to our mobile and web platforms, the continued roll-out of our new point-of-sale software, new point-
of-sale hardware, expanding data analytics capabilities, and supply chain initiatives. We have the ability to revise and 
reschedule much of the anticipated capital expenditure program, should our financial position require it.  

26 

Free Cash Flow (non-GAAP measure) 

In addition to net cash provided by operating activities, we use free cash flow as a useful measure of performance 
and as an indication of our financial strength and our ability to generate cash. We define free cash flow as net cash 
provided by operating activities less capital expenditures (which is classified as an investing activity). We believe the 
presentation of free cash flow is relevant and useful for investors because it allows investors to evaluate the cash 
generated from underlying operations in a manner similar to the method used by management. Free cash flow is not 
defined under U.S. GAAP. Therefore, it should not be considered a substitute for income or cash flow data prepared 
in accordance with U.S. GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. It 
should not be inferred that the entire free cash flow amount is available for discretionary expenditures. 

The  following  table  presents  a  reconciliation  of  net  cash  flow  provided  by  operating  activities,  the  most  directly 
comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure, to free cash flow. 

Net cash provided by operating activities 
Capital expenditures 
Free cash flow  

Operating Activities 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

  $ 

  $ 

 781   $ 
 (187) 
 594   $ 

 813   $ 
 (274) 
 539   $ 

 844 
 (266)
 578 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

Net cash provided by operating activities 
$ Change 

  $ 
  $ 

 781   $ 
 (32)  $ 

 813   $ 
 (31) 

 844 
 53 

The amount provided by operating activities reflects income adjusted for non-cash items and working capital changes. 
Adjustments to net income for non-cash items include non-cash impairment charges, depreciation and amortization, 
deferred income taxes, and share-based compensation expense.  

The decline in 2018 in cash provided by operating activities compared with the prior year reflected an increase to net 
income and higher net inflows associated with changes in working capital, which were more than offset by an increase 
in pension-related payments. During 2018, $97 million was paid in class counsel fees in connection with the pension 
litigation matter, and we also contributed $128 million to our U.S. qualified pension plan, as compared with $25 million 
in 2017. During 2016, we contributed $33 million to the U.S. qualified pension plan and $3 million to our Canadian 
qualified pension plan. The amounts and timing of pension contributions are dependent on several factors, including 
asset performance.  

Cash paid for income taxes were $184 million, $237 million, and $341 million for 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. 

Investing Activities 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

Net cash used in investing activities 
$ Change 

  $ 
  $ 

 274   $ 
 (15)  $ 

 289   $ 

 23  

 266 
 36 

Capital  expenditures  in  2018  were  $187  million,  a  decrease  of  $87  million  as  compared  with  the  prior year.  This 
represented a decline  in spending on store projects partially offset by an increase related to technology projects. 
During 2018, we completed the remodeling or relocation of 122 existing stores and opened 45 new stores.  

Capital expenditures in 2017 were $274 million, primarily related to the remodeling or relocation of 183 existing stores, 
and the build-out of 94 new stores. The increase in 2017 as compared with 2016 primarily related to our corporate 
headquarters build out and two new flagship stores. 

Investing activities for 2018 included $89 million related to various minority investments as compared with $15 million 
in 2017. The current year also includes $2 million received in insurance proceeds for fixed assets from an insurance 
claim relating to Hurricane Maria.  

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
  
 
Financing Activities 

Net cash used in financing activities 
$ Change 

  $ 
  $ 

 527   $ 
 (89)  $ 

 616   $ 

 60  

 556 
 56 

Cash  used  in  financing  activities  consisted  primarily  of  our  return  to  shareholders  initiatives,  including  our  share 
repurchase program and cash dividend payments, as follows: 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

Share repurchases 
Dividends paid on common stock 
Total returned to shareholders 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

  $ 

  $ 

 375   $ 
 158  
 533   $ 

 467   $ 
 157  
 624   $ 

 432 
 147 
 579 

During 2018, 2017, and 2016, we repurchased 7,886,705 shares, 12,413,590 shares, and 6,984,643 shares of our 
common  stock  under  our  share  repurchase  programs, respectively.  Additionally,  the  Company  declared  and  paid 
dividends representing a quarterly rate of $0.345, $0.31, and $0.275 per share in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. 
During 2018, 2017 and 2016, we paid $1 million, $10 million and $7 million, respectively, to satisfy tax withholding 
obligations  relating  to  the  vesting  of  share-based  equity  awards.  Offsetting  the  amounts  above  were  proceeds 
received from the issuance of common stock and treasury stock in connection with the employee stock programs of 
$7 million, $18 million, and $33 million for 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. 

During  2016,  we  paid  fees  of  $2  million  in  connection  with  the  credit  agreement,  see  below  for  further  details. 
Additionally, we made payments during 2016 relating to capital lease obligations of $1 million. These obligations were 
recorded in connection with the acquisition of the Runners Point Group. 

Capital Structure 

On May 19, 2016, we entered into a credit agreement with our banks (“2016 Credit Agreement”). The 2016 Credit 
Agreement provides for a $400 million asset-based revolving credit facility maturing on May 19, 2021. During the 
term  of  the  2016  Credit  Agreement,  we  may  also  increase  the  commitments  by  up  to  $200  million,  subject  to 
customary conditions. Interest is determined, at our option, by the federal funds rate plus a margin of 0.125 percent 
to  0.375 percent,  or  a  Eurodollar  rate,  determined  by  reference  to  LIBOR,  plus  a  margin  of  1.125 percent  to 
1.375 percent depending on availability under the 2016 Credit Agreement. In addition, we are paying a commitment 
fee of 0.20 percent per annum on the unused portion of the commitments. 

The 2016 Credit Agreement provides for a security interest in certain of our domestic store assets, including inventory 
assets, accounts receivable, cash deposits, and certain insurance proceeds. We are not required to comply with any 
financial covenants unless certain events of default have occurred and are continuing, or if availability under the 2016 
Credit Agreement does not exceed the greater of $40 million and 10 percent of the Loan Cap (as defined in the 2016 
Credit Agreement). There are no restrictions relating to the payment of dividends and share repurchases as long as 
no default or event of default has occurred and the aggregate principal amount of unused commitments under the 
2016 Credit Agreement is not less than 15 percent of the lesser of the aggregate amount of the commitments and 
the  Borrowing  Base,  determined  as  of  the  preceding  fiscal month  and  on  a  proforma  basis  for  the  following  six 
fiscal months. We do not currently expect to borrow under the facility in 2019, other than amounts used to support 
standby letters of credit. 

Credit Rating 

As of April 2, 2019, our corporate credit ratings from Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s Investors Service are BB+ and 
Ba1, respectively. In addition, Moody’s Investors Service has rated our senior unsecured notes Ba2. 

Debt Capitalization and Equity (non-GAAP Measure) 

For purposes of calculating debt to total capitalization, we include the present value of operating lease commitments 
in total net debt. Total net debt including the present value of operating leases is considered a non-GAAP financial 
measure.  

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
The  present  value  of  operating  leases  is  discounted  using  various  interest  rates  ranging  from  1.7 percent  to 
14.5 percent,  which  represent  our  incremental  borrowing  rate  at  inception  of  the  lease.  Operating  leases  are  the 
primary financing vehicle used to fund store expansion and, therefore, we believe that the inclusion of the present 
value of operating leases in total debt is useful to our investors, credit constituencies, and rating agencies. 

Long-term debt  
Present value of operating leases 

Total debt including the present value of operating leases 

Less: 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total net debt including the present value of operating leases 

Shareholders’ equity 
Total capitalization 
Total net debt capitalization percent 
Total net debt capitalization percent including the present value of operating 
leases 

  $ 

  $ 

2018 

2017 

($ in millions) 
 124  
 3,447  
 3,571  

$ 

 891  
 2,680  
 2,506  
 5,186  

$ 
 — %    

 125  
 3,729  
 3,854  

 849  
 3,005  
 2,519  
 5,524  

 — % 

 51.7 %    

 54.4 % 

Including the present value of operating leases, net debt capitalization percent decreased 270 basis points in 2018, 
primarily reflecting fewer store openings during the year, additional stores that are operating on a month-to-month 
basis, additional stores paying variable rents, and foreign exchange fluctuations.  

Contractual Obligations and Commitments 

The  following  tables  represent  the  scheduled  maturities  of  the  Company’s  contractual  cash  obligations  and  other 
commercial commitments at February 2, 2019: 

Contractual Cash 
Obligations 

Total 

2019 

Payments Due by Fiscal Period 

2024 and 
      2020-2021        2022-2023        Beyond 

Long-term debt (1) 
Operating leases (2) 
Other long-term liabilities (3) 
Total contractual cash obligations 

  $ 

  $ 

 151   $ 

 4,277  
 64  
 4,492   $ 

($ in millions) 

 11   $ 

 672  
 64  

 747   $ 

 140   $ 

 1,214  
 —  
 1,354   $ 

 —   $ 

 983  
 —  

 983   $ 

 — 
 1,408 
 — 
 1,408 

(1)  The  amounts  presented  above  represent  the  contractual  maturities  of  our  long-term  debt,  including  interest;  however,  it  excludes  the 
unamortized  gain  of  the  interest  rate  swap  of  $6  million.  Additional  information  is  included  in  the  Long-Term  Debt  note  under  “Item 8. 
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”  

(2)  The amounts presented represent the future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases. In addition to minimum rent, 
certain  of  our  leases  require  the  payment  of  additional  costs  for  insurance,  maintenance,  and  other  costs.  These  costs  have  historically 
represented approximately 20 to 25 percent of the minimum rent amount. These additional amounts are not included in the table of contractual 
commitments as the timing and/or amounts of such payments are unknown. 

(3)  Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at February 2, 2019 primarily comprise pension and postretirement benefits, deferred rent 
liability, income taxes, workers’ compensation and general liability reserves, and various other accruals. The amount presented in the table 
includes the 2019 scheduled contribution of $55 million to our U.S. qualified pension plan. With regards to amounts payable related to the Tax 
Act, we have included $9 million in the table above. Other than these liabilities, other amounts (including our unrecognized tax benefits of 
$34 million) have been excluded from the table above as the timing and/or amount of any cash payment is uncertain. Remaining amounts for 
which the timing is known have not been included as they are minimal and not useful to the presentation. Additional information is included in 
the Other Liabilities, Financial Instruments and Risk Management, and Retirement Plans and Other Benefits notes under “Item 8. Consolidated 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Other Commercial 
Commitments 

Total 

2019 

Payments Due by Fiscal Period 

2024 and 
      2020-2021        2022-2023        Beyond 

($ in millions) 

Purchase commitments (1) 
Other (2) 
Total other commercial commitments 

  $ 

  $ 

 2,503   $ 
 387  
 2,890   $ 

 2,503   $ 
 108  
 2,611   $ 

 —   $ 

 180  
 180   $ 

 —   $ 
 99  
 99   $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 

(1)  Represents open purchase orders, as well as other commitments for merchandise purchases, at February 2, 2019. We are obligated under 
the terms of purchase orders; however, we are generally able to renegotiate the timing and quantity of these orders with certain suppliers in 
response to shifts in consumer preferences. 

(2)  Represents payments required by non-merchandise purchase agreements. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

The majority of our contractual obligations relate to operating leases for our stores. Future scheduled lease payments 
under  non-cancellable  operating  leases  as  of  February 2,  2019  are  described  in  the  table  under  Contractual 
Obligations and Commitments on the preceding page and with additional information in the Leases note in “Item 8. 
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

We  have  not  entered  into  any  transactions  with  unconsolidated  entities  that  expose  the  Company  to  material 
continuing risks, contingent liabilities, or any other obligation under a variable interest in an unconsolidated entity. 
Also, our financial policies prohibit the use of derivatives for which there is no underlying exposure. 

In connection with the sale of various businesses and assets, we may be obligated for certain lease commitments 
transferred to third parties and pursuant to certain normal representations, warranties, or indemnifications entered 
into with the purchasers of such businesses or assets. Although the maximum potential amounts for such obligations 
cannot be readily determined,  we believe  that the resolution of such  contingencies  will not significantly affect our 
consolidated  financial  position,  liquidity,  or  results  of  operations.  We  also  operate  certain  stores  for  which  lease 
agreements are in the process of being negotiated with landlords. Although there is no contractual commitment to 
make these payments, it is likely that leases will be executed. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

Our responsibility for integrity and objectivity in the preparation and presentation of the financial statements requires 
diligent  application  of  appropriate  accounting  policies.  Generally,  our  accounting  policies  and  methods  are  those 
specifically  required  by  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Included  in  the  Summary  of  Significant 
Accounting Policies note in “Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” is a summary of 
the most significant accounting policies. In some cases, we are required to calculate amounts based on estimates 
for matters that are inherently uncertain. We believe the following to be the most critical of those accounting policies 
that necessitate subjective judgments. 

Merchandise Inventories and Cost of Sales 

Merchandise inventories for the stores are valued at the lower of cost or market using the retail inventory method 
(“RIM”). The RIM is commonly used by retail companies to value inventories at cost and calculate gross margins due 
to its practicality. Under the retail method, cost is determined by applying a cost-to-retail percentage across groupings 
of similar items, known as departments. The cost-to-retail percentage is applied to  ending inventory at its current 
owned retail valuation to determine the cost of ending inventory on a department basis. 

The  RIM  is  a  system  of  averages  that  requires  estimates  and  assumptions  regarding  markups,  markdowns  and 
shrink, among others, and as such, could result in distortions of inventory amounts. Judgment is required for these 
estimates  and  assumptions,  as  well  as  to  differentiate  between  promotional  and  other  markdowns  that  may  be 
required to correctly reflect merchandise inventories at the lower of cost or market. Reserves are established based 
on current selling prices when the inventory has not been marked down to market. The failure to take permanent 
markdowns on a timely basis may result in an overstatement of cost under the retail inventory method. The decision 
to take permanent markdowns includes many factors, including the current retail environment, inventory levels, and 
the age of the item. We believe this method and its related assumptions, which have been consistently applied, to be 
reasonable. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Tangible Assets and Goodwill 

Long-Lived 
Tangible 
Assets 

     We perform an impairment review when circumstances indicate that the carrying value of long-
lived tangible assets may not be recoverable. Our policy for determining whether an impairment
indicator exists, a triggering event, comprises measurable operating performance criteria at the
division level as well as qualitative measures. If an analysis is necessitated by the occurrence
of  a  triggering  event,  we  use  assumptions  which  are  predominately  identified  from  our  long-
range strategic plans in performing an impairment review. In the calculation of the fair value of
long-lived assets, we compare the carrying amount of the asset with the estimated future cash
flows expected to result from the use of the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds
the  estimated  expected  undiscounted  future  cash  flows,  we  measure  the  amount  of  the
impairment  by  comparing  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  with  its  estimated  fair  value.  The
estimation of fair value is measured by discounting expected future cash flows at our weighted-
average cost of capital. We believe our policy is reasonable and is consistently applied. Future
expected cash flows are based upon estimates that, if not achieved, may result in significantly
different results.  

  During  2018,  we  conducted  impairment  reviews  of  the  Runners  Point,  Sidestep,  and  SIX:02
store-level assets and recorded non-cash impairment charges totaling $4 million. During 2017, 
we conducted impairment reviews of the Runners Point and Sidestep store-level assets, which 
resulted  in  non-cash  impairment  charges  of  $4  million.  Also  during  2017,  we  recorded  a 
$16 million non-cash impairment charge related to our SIX:02 business. 

Goodwill 

  We review goodwill for impairment annually during the first quarter of our fiscal year or more 
frequently  if  impairment  indicators  arise.  The  review  of  impairment  consists  of  either  using  a
qualitative  approach  to  determine  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  the
assets is less than their respective carrying values or a two-step impairment test, if necessary. 

In performing the qualitative assessment, we consider many factors in evaluating whether the
carrying  value  of  goodwill  may  not  be  recoverable,  including  declines  in  our  stock  price  and 
market  capitalization  in  relation  to  the  book  value  of  the  Company  and  macroeconomic
conditions affecting retail. If, based on the results of the qualitative assessment, it is concluded
that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value,
additional quantitative impairment testing is performed using a two-step test. 

  The  initial  step  requires  that  the  carrying  value  of  each  reporting  unit  be  compared  with  its
estimated  fair  value.  The  second  step —  to  evaluate  goodwill  of  a  reporting  unit  for
impairment — is only required if the carrying value of that reporting unit exceeds its estimated
fair value. We use a discounted cash flow approach to determine the fair value of a reporting
unit. The determination of discounted cash flows of the reporting units and assets and liabilities
within the reporting units requires significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and
assumptions primarily include, but are not limited to, the discount rate, terminal growth rates, 
earnings before depreciation and amortization, and capital expenditures forecasts. Due to the
inherent uncertainty involved in making these estimates, actual results could differ from those
estimates. We evaluate the merits of each significant assumption, both individually and in the
aggregate, used to determine the fair value of the reporting units, as well as the fair values of
the corresponding assets and liabilities within the reporting units. 

  As a result of the first quarter 2018 change in our organizational and internal reporting structure,
we have determined that we have one reportable segment. We have reassessed our reporting
units  in  light  of  this  change  and  have  deemed  the  collective  omni-channel  banners  in  North 
America and International to be the two reporting units at which goodwill is tested. Therefore,
goodwill was re-allocated to these reporting units based on their relative fair values. As required,
we conducted our 2018 annual impairment review both before and after this change. Neither 
review  resulted  in  the  recognition  of  impairment,  as  the  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit
significantly exceeded its carrying value.  

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension and Postretirement Liabilities 

We review all assumptions used to determine our obligations for pension and postretirement liabilities annually with 
our independent actuaries, taking into consideration existing and future economic conditions and our intentions with 
regard to the plans. The assumptions used are: 

Long-Term 
Rate of Return 

     The expected rate of return on plan assets is the long-term rate of return expected to be earned
on the plans’ assets and is recognized as a component of pension expense. The rate is based
on the plans’ weighted-average target asset allocation, as well as historical and future expected 
performance of those assets. The target asset allocation is selected to obtain an investment
return that is sufficient to cover the expected benefit payments and to reduce the variability of
future  contributions.  The  expected  rate  of  return  on  plan  assets  is  reviewed  annually  and
revised, as necessary, to reflect changes in the financial markets and our investment strategy.
The weighted-average long-term rate of return used to determine 2018 pension expense was
5.9 percent.  

Discount 
Rate 

  A decrease of 50 basis points in the weighted-average expected long-term rate of return would 
have increased 2018 pension expense by approximately $3 million. The actual return on plan
assets  in  a  given year  typically  differs  from  the  expected  long-term  rate  of  return,  and  the 
resulting gain or loss is deferred and amortized into expense over the average life expectancy
of the inactive participants. 

  An assumed discount rate is used to measure the present value of future cash flow obligations
of the plans and the interest cost component of pension expense and postretirement income.
The  cash  flows  are  then  discounted  to  their  present  value  and  an  overall  discount  rate  is 
determined. The discount rate is determined by reference to the Bond:Link interest rate model
based  upon  a  portfolio  of  highly-rated  U.S.  corporate  bonds  with  individual  bonds  that  are
theoretically purchased to settle the plan’s anticipated cash outflows. The discount rate selected
to measure the present value of our Canadian benefit obligations was developed by using that
plan’s  bond  portfolio  indices,  which  match  the  benefit  obligations.  The  weighted-average 
discount  rates  used  to  determine  the  2018  benefit  obligations  related  to  our  pension  and
postretirement plans was 4.0 percent. 

  Changing  the  weighted-average  discount  rate  by  50  basis  points  would  have  changed  the
accumulated  benefit  obligation  of  the  pension  plans  at  February  2,  2019  by  approximately 
$30 million  and  $33  million,  depending  on  if  the  change  was  an  increase  or  decrease,
respectively. A decrease of 50 basis points in the weighted-average discount rate would have
increased  the  accumulated  benefit  obligation  on  the  postretirement  plan  by  approximately
$1 million.  Such  a  decrease  would  not  have  significantly  changed  2018  pension  expense  or
postretirement income. 

Trend Rate 

  We maintain two postretirement medical plans, one covering certain executive officers and key
employees (“SERP Medical Plan”), and the other covering all other associates. With respect to
the SERP Medical Plan, a one percent change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would
change this plan’s accumulated benefit obligation by approximately $2 million. 

With respect to the postretirement medical plan covering all other associates, there is limited
risk  to  us  for  increases  in  health  care  costs  since,  beginning  in  2001,  new  retirees  have
assumed the full expected costs and then-existing retirees have assumed all increases in such
costs. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortality 
Assumptions 

  The mortality assumption used to value the Company’s 2018 and 2017 U.S. pension obligations
was the RP-2017 mortality table with generational projection using modified MP-2017 for both 
males  and  females.  The  Company  used  the  RP-2000  mortality  table  with  generational
projection using scale AA for both males and females to value its Canadian pension obligations
for both 2018 and 2017.  

For the SERP Medical Plan, the mortality assumption used to value the 2018 obligation was
updated  to  the  RPH-2018  table  with  generational  projection  using  MP-2018,  while  in  the 
prior year  the  obligation  was  valued  using  the  RPH-2017  table  with  generational  projection
using MP-2017. Each year we update this assumption to the most recent study from the Society
of Actuaries. 

Income Taxes 

Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance, which is established when it is more likely than not that 
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We are required to estimate taxable income for 
future years by taxing jurisdiction and to use our judgment to determine whether to record a valuation allowance for 
part or all of a deferred tax asset. Estimates of taxable income are based upon our long-range strategic plans.  

A one percent change in the overall statutory tax rate for 2018 would have resulted in a change of $3 million to the 
carrying value of the net deferred tax asset and a corresponding charge or credit to income tax expense depending 
on whether the tax rate change was a decrease or an increase.  

We have operations in multiple taxing jurisdictions, and we are subject to audit in these jurisdictions. Tax audits by 
their nature are often complex and can require several years to resolve. Accruals of tax contingencies require us to 
make estimates and judgments  with respect to the ultimate outcome of tax audits. Actual results could vary from 
these estimates.  

Excluding the effect of any nonrecurring items that may occur, we expect the 2019 effective tax rate to approximate 
27.5 percent. The actual tax rate will vary if the level of stock option exercise activity and the stock price at the vesting 
or  exercise  date  differs  from  our  expectations.  Additionally,  the  tax  rate  will  also  depend  on  the  level  and  mix  of 
income earned in the United States, as compared with our international operations.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

Descriptions of the recently issued accounting principles, and the accounting principles adopted by us during the year 
ended February 2, 2019 are included in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies note in “Item 8. Consolidated 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Information  regarding  foreign  exchange  risk  management  is  included  in  the  Financial  Instruments  and  Risk 
Management note under “Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

33 

 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

The following Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company are included as part of this Report: 

•  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended: 

•  February 2, 2019 
•  February 3, 2018 
• 
January 28, 2017 

•  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended: 

•  February 2, 2019 
•  February 3, 2018 
• 
January 28, 2017 

•  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of: 
•  February 2, 2019 
•  February 3, 2018 

•  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended: 

•  February 2, 2019 
•  February 3, 2018 
• 
January 28, 2017 

•  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended: 

•  February 2, 2019 
•  February 3, 2018 
• 
January 28, 2017 

•  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

34 

 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors 
Foot Locker, Inc.: 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Foot  Locker, Inc.  and subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”)  as  of  February 2,  2019  and  February 3,  2018,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations, 
comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 
February 2,  2019  and  the  related  notes  (collectively,  the  “consolidated  financial  statements”).  In  our  opinion,  the 
consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of 
February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in 
the three-year period ended February 2, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2019, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of  the  Treadway  Commission,  and  our  report  dated  April  2,  2019  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Basis for Opinion 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is 
to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting 
firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with 
the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission 
and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of 
material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks 
of  material  misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing 
procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding 
the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the 
accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our 
opinion. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1995. 

New York, New York 
April 2, 2019 

35 

 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 

2018 

2017 
(in millions, except per share amounts) 

2016 

Sales 

  $ 

 7,939   $ 

 7,782   $ 

 7,766 

Cost of sales 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Depreciation and amortization 
Litigation and other charges 
Income from operations 

Interest (income) / expense, net 
Other income 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 

Basic earnings per share 
Weighted-average shares outstanding 

 5,411  
 1,614  
 178  
 37  
 699  

 (9) 
 (5) 
 713  
 172  
 541   $ 

 5,326  
 1,501  
 173  
 211  
 571  

 (2) 
 (5) 
 578  
 294  
 284   $ 

 4.68   $ 

 115.6  

 2.23   $ 

 127.2  

  $ 

  $ 

Diluted earnings per share 
Weighted-average shares outstanding, assuming dilution   

  $ 

 4.66   $ 

 116.1  

 2.22   $ 

 127.9  

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

 5,130 
 1,472 
 158 
 6 
 1,000 

 2 
 (6)
 1,004 
 340 
 664 

 4.95 
 134.0 

 4.91 
 135.1 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

  $ 

 541   $ 

 284   $ 

 664 

Net income 
Other comprehensive income, net of income tax 

Foreign currency translation adjustment: 

Translation adjustment arising during the period, net of 
income tax (benefit) expense of $(9), $18, and $1 million, 
respectively 

Reclassification due to the adoption of ASU 2018-02 

Cash flow hedges: 

Change in fair value of derivatives, net of income tax 

Available for sale securities: 

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities 

Pension and postretirement adjustments: 

Net actuarial gain (loss) and foreign currency fluctuations 
arising during the year, net of income tax (benefit) expense of 
$(8), $2, and $4 million, respectively 

Amortization of net actuarial gain/loss and prior service cost 
included in net periodic benefit costs, net of income tax 
expense of $3, $4, and $4 million, respectively 

Reclassification due to the adoption of ASU 2018-02 

 (75) 

 —  

 —  

 —  

 (24) 

 8  

 —  

 114  

 4  

 (1) 

 1  

 4  

 7  

 (8)

 — 

 (1)

 — 

 4 

 8 

 (45) 
 368   $ 

 — 
 667 

Comprehensive income 

  $ 

 450   $ 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

2018 

2017 

($ in millions) 

ASSETS 

Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Merchandise inventories 
Other current assets 

Property and equipment, net 
Deferred taxes 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets, net 
Other assets 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable 
Accrued and other liabilities 

Long-term debt 
Other liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Shareholders’ equity 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 891  
 1,269  
 358  
 2,518  
 836  
 87  
 157  
 24  
 198  
 3,820  

 387  
 377  
 764  
 124  
 426  
 1,314  
 2,506  
 3,820  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 849 
 1,278 
 424 
 2,551 
 866 
 48 
 160 
 46 
 290 
 3,961 

 258 
 358 
 616 
 125 
 701 
 1,442 
 2,519 
 3,961 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
  
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

     Additional Paid-In     
Capital & 

     Accumulated      
Other 

Total 

  Common Stock 
  Shares    Amount   Shares   Amount   Earnings  
 (36,421)  $  (1,371)  $   3,182  

Treasury Stock 

  Retained   Comprehensive   Shareholders' 

Loss 

Equity 

(shares in thousands, amounts in millions) 
Balance at January 30, 2016 
Restricted stock issued 
Issued under director and stock plans 
Share-based compensation expense 
Excess tax benefits from equity awards 
Forfeitures of restricted stock 
Shares of common stock used to satisfy tax 

withholding obligations 

Share repurchases 
Reissued - Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

("ESPP") 

Retirement of treasury stock 
Net income 
Cash dividends declared on common stock 

($1.10 per share) 

 173,398   $   1,108   
 —   
 32   
 22   
 20   
 1   

 203     
 1,342     
 —     
 —     
 —     

 —  
 —  
 —  

 (20) 

 —  
 —  
 —  

 (1) 

 —     
 —     

 —   
 —   

 (102) 
 (6,985) 

 (7) 
 (432) 

 —     
 (42,327)    

 —   
 (283)  

 81  
 42,327  

 2  
    1,728  

   (1,445) 
 664  

 (147) 

Translation adjustment, net of tax 
Change in cash flow hedges, net of tax 
Pension and postretirement adjustments, net of tax     
Balance at January 28, 2017 
Restricted stock issued 
Issued under director and stock plans 
Share-based compensation expense 
Shares of common stock used to satisfy tax 

 132,616   $ 
 169     
 608     
 —     

 900   
 —   
 11   
 15   

 (1,120)  $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  

 (81)  $   2,254  
 —  
 —  
 —  

withholding obligations 

Share repurchases 
Reissued - ESPP 
Retirement of treasury stock 
Net income 
Cash dividends declared on common stock 

($1.24 per share) 

 —     
 —     
 —     
 (12,131)    

 —   
 —   
 —   
 (84)  

 (140) 
 (12,414) 
 110  
 12,131  

 (10) 
 (467) 
 8  
 487  

 (403) 
 284  

 (157) 

Translation adjustment, net of tax 
Change in cash flow hedges, net of tax 
Pension and postretirement adjustments, net of tax     
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities 
Reclassification due to the adoption of                

ASU 2018-02 

Balance at February 3, 2018 
Restricted stock issued 
Issued under director and stock plans 
Share-based compensation expense 
Shares of common stock used to satisfy tax 

withholding obligations 

Share repurchases 
Reissued - ESPP 
Retirement of treasury stock 
Net income 
Cash dividends declared on common stock 

($1.38 per share) 

 121,262   $ 
 93     
 175     
 —     

 —     
 —     
 —     
 (8,597)    

 842   
 —   
 6   
 22   

 —   
 —   
 —   
 (61)  

Translation adjustment, net of tax 
Pension and postretirement adjustments, net of tax     
Cumulative effect of the adoption of ASU 2014-09   
Cumulative effect of the adoption of ASU 2016-16   
Balance at February 2, 2019 

 112,933   $ 

 (1,433)  $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  

41  
 (63)  $   2,019  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 (36) 
 (7,887) 
 48  
 8,597  

 (1) 
 (375) 
 2  
 400  

 (339) 
 541  

 (158) 

 (75) 
 (16) 

 809   

 (711)  $ 

 4  
 37  
 (37)  $   2,104  

$ 

 (370) 

$ 

$ 

 (366) 

$ 

 (8) 
 (1) 
 12  
 (363) 

$ 

$ 

 114  
 (1) 
 11  
 1  

 (41) 
 (279) 

$ 

$ 

 2,553 
 — 
 32 
 22 
 20 
 — 

 (7)
 (432)

 2 
 — 
 664 

 (147)
 (8)
 (1)
 12 
 2,710 
 — 
 11 
 15 

 (10)
 (467)
 8 
 — 
 284 

 (157)
 114 
 (1)
 11 
 1 

 — 
 2,519 
 — 
 6 
 22 

 (1)
 (375)
 2 
 — 
 541 

 (158)
 (75)
 (16)
 4 
 37 
 2,506 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
   
 
  
    
     
  
    
  
 
  
   
 
  
    
     
  
    
  
 
  
   
 
  
    
     
  
    
  
 
  
 
  
  
    
     
  
    
  
 
  
 
  
  
     
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
    
     
  
    
  
 
  
   
 
  
    
     
  
    
  
 
  
   
 
  
    
     
  
    
  
 
  
 
  
  
    
     
  
    
  
 
  
 
  
  
     
  
    
  
 
  
 
  
  
    
     
  
    
  
 
  
 
  
  
    
     
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
    
     
  
    
  
 
  
   
 
  
    
     
  
    
  
 
  
   
 
  
    
     
  
    
  
 
  
 
  
  
     
  
    
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

From operating activities: 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by 
operating activities: 

Non-cash impairment charges 
Depreciation and amortization 
Deferred income taxes 
Share-based compensation expense 
Qualified pension plan contributions 
Change in assets and liabilities: 

Merchandise inventories 
Accounts payable 
Accrued and other liabilities 
Pension litigation accrual 
Class counsel fees paid in connection with pension litigation 
Other, net 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

From investing activities: 

Capital expenditures 
Minority investments 
Insurance proceeds related to loss on property and equipment 

Net cash used in investing activities 

From financing activities: 

Purchase of treasury shares 
Dividends paid on common stock 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Treasury stock reissued under employee stock plan 
Shares of common stock repurchased to satisfy tax withholding 

obligations 

Payment of revolving credit agreement costs 
Reduction in obligations under capital leases 

Net cash used in financing activities 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

  $ 

 541   $ 

 284   $ 

 664 

 19  
 178  
 9  
 22  
 (128) 

 (16) 
 135  
 39  
 13  
 (97) 
 66  
 781  

 (187) 
 (89) 
 2  
 (274) 

 (375) 
 (158) 
 5  
 2  

 (1) 
 —  
 —  
 (527) 

 20  
 173  
 105  
 15  
 (25) 

 69  
 —  
 (30) 
 178  
 —  
 24  
 813  

 (274) 
 (15) 
 —  
 (289) 

 (467) 
 (157) 
 13  
 5  

 (10) 
 —  
 —  
 (616) 

 6 
 158 
 (1)
 22 
 (36)

 (25)
 (31)
 27 
 — 
 — 
 60 
 844 

 (266)
 — 
 — 
 (266)

 (432)
 (147)
 29 
 4 

 (7)
 (2)
 (1)
 (556)

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash, cash equivalents, and 

restricted cash 

Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of year 

 (30) 
 (50) 
 1,031  

  $ 

 981   $ 

 50  
 (42) 
 1,073  
 1,031   $ 

 3 
 25 
 1,048 
 1,073 

Cash paid during the year: 

Interest 
Income taxes 

  $ 
  $ 

 11   $ 
 184   $ 

 11   $ 
 237   $ 

 11 
 341 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
  
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Basis of Presentation 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Foot Locker, Inc. and its domestic and international 
subsidiaries  (the  “Company”),  all  of  which  are  wholly  owned.  All  significant  intercompany  amounts  have  been 
eliminated. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles 
requires management to make estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the 
disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and 
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates. 

Reporting Year 

The fiscal year end for the Company is the Saturday closest to the last day in January. Fiscal year 2018 represents 
the  52  weeks  ended  February 2,  2019.  Fiscal year  2017  represented  the  53  weeks  ended  February 3, 2018  and 
fiscal year 2016 represented the 52 weeks ended January 28, 2017. References to years in this annual report relate 
to fiscal years rather than calendar years. 

Revenue Recognition 

Store  revenue  is  recognized  at  the  point  of  sale  and  includes  merchandise,  net  of  returns,  and  excludes  taxes. 
Revenue  from  layaway  sales  is  recognized  when  the  customer  receives  the  product,  rather  than  when  the  initial 
deposit is paid. In the first quarter of 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). In conjunction with the adoption of Topic 606, we have determined that 
revenue for merchandise that is shipped to our customers from our distribution centers and stores will be recognized 
upon shipment date. Total revenue recognized includes shipping and handling fees. We have determined that control 
of the promised good is passed to the customer upon shipment date since the customer has legal title, the rewards 
of  ownership,  and  paid  for  the  merchandise  as  of  the  shipment  date.  This  reflects  a  change  in  timing  in  how  we 
previously  recognized  revenue  for  our  direct-to-customer  sales.  Prior  to  the  adoption  of  Topic  606,  the  Company 
recognized such revenue upon date of delivery. As a result of this change, the Company recorded $1 million, net of 
tax, as an increase to opening retained earnings to reflect the cumulative effect of adopting this change. We have 
elected to account for shipping and handling as a fulfillment activity. The Company accrues the cost and recognized 
revenue for these activities upon shipment date.  

Gift Cards 

The Company sells gift cards which do not have expiration dates. Revenue from gift card sales is recorded when the 
gift cards are redeemed by customers. Effective as of the first quarter of 2018 with the adoption of Topic 606, gift 
card breakage is recognized as revenue in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer, unless there 
is a legal obligation to remit the value of unredeemed gift cards to the relevant jurisdictions. This reflects a change in 
our accounting for gift card breakage from the remote method to the proportional method. As a result of adopting 
Topic 606, the Company recorded $4 million, or $3 million net of tax, as an increase to opening retained earnings to 
reflect the cumulative effect of this change based upon historical redemption patterns. Additionally, breakage income 
was  previously  recorded  within  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses;  however,  with  the  adoption  of  this 
standard  in  the  first  quarter  of  2018,  this  income  is  reported  as  part  of  sales.  This  change  in  classification  is  not 
considered significant. The table below presents the activity of our gift card liability balance:  

Balance at February 4, 2018 

Redemptions 
Cumulative catch-up adjustment to retained earnings from the adoption of Topic 606 
Breakage recognized in sales 
Activations 
Foreign currency fluctuations 

Balance at February 2, 2019 

($ in millions)  
 38 
 (96)
 (4)
 (6)
 104 
 (1)
 35 

  $ 

  $ 

The Company elected not to disclose the information about remaining performance obligations since the amount of 
gift cards redeemed after 12 months is not significant. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued) 

Store Pre-Opening and Closing Costs 

Store  pre-opening  costs  are  charged  to  expense  as  incurred.  In  the  event  a  store  is  closed  before  its  lease  has 
expired, the estimated post-closing lease exit costs, less any sublease rental income, is provided for once the store 
ceases to be used. 

Advertising Costs and Sales Promotion 

Advertising  and  sales  promotion  costs  are  expensed  at  the  time  the  advertising  or  promotion  takes  place,  net  of 
reimbursements for cooperative advertising. Advertising expenses also include advertising costs as required by some 
of the Company’s mall-based leases. Cooperative advertising reimbursements earned for the launch and promotion 
of  certain  products  agreed  upon  with  vendors  are  recorded  in  the  same  period  as  the  associated  expenses  are 
incurred. 

Digital  advertising  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred,  net  of  reimbursements  for  cooperative  advertising.  Digital 
advertising  includes  search  engine  marketing,  such  as  display  ads  and  keyword  search  terms,  and  other  various 
forms of digital advertising. Reimbursement received in excess of expenses incurred related to specific, incremental, 
and identifiable advertising costs is accounted for as a reduction to the cost of merchandise and is reflected in cost 
of sales as the merchandise is sold. 

Advertising  costs,  including  digital  advertising,  which  are  included  as  a  component  of  selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses, were as follows: 

Advertising expenses 
Digital advertising expenses 
Cooperative advertising reimbursements 
Net advertising expense 

Catalog Costs 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

$ 

$ 

 111  
 96  
 (25) 
 182  

$ 

$ 

 108  
 96  
 (20) 
 184  

$ 

$ 

 118 
 84 
 (20)
 182 

Catalog costs, which are primarily comprised of paper, printing, and postage, are expensed at the time the catalogs 
are distributed. Prior to the adoption of Topic 606, catalog costs were capitalized and amortized over the expected 
customer  response  period  related  to  each  catalog,  which  was  generally  90 days.  Cooperative  reimbursements 
earned for the promotion of certain products are agreed upon with vendors and are recorded in the same period as 
the associated catalog expenses are recorded.  

Catalog costs, which are included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses, were as follows: 

Catalog costs 
Cooperative reimbursements 
Net catalog expense 

Earnings Per Share 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

$ 

$ 

 18  
 —  
 18  

$ 

$ 

 19  
 (2) 
 17  

$ 

$ 

 26 
 (6)
 20 

The Company accounts for and discloses earnings per share using the treasury stock method. Basic earnings per 
share  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  for  the  period  by  the  weighted-average  number  of  common  shares 
outstanding at the end of the period. Restricted stock awards, which contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends, are 
considered participating securities and are included in the calculation of basic earnings per share. Diluted earnings 
per share reflects the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period used in the basic 
earnings per share computation plus dilutive common stock equivalents. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued) 

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per share is as follows:  

Net Income 

2018 
2016 
2017 
(in millions, except per share data) 

  $ 

 541   $ 

 284   $ 

 664 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding 
Dilutive effect of potential common shares 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding assuming dilution 

 115.6  
 0.5  
 116.1  

 127.2  
 0.7  
 127.9  

Earnings per share - basic 
Earnings per share - diluted 

  $ 
  $ 

 4.68   $ 
 4.66   $ 

 2.23   $ 
 2.22   $ 

Anti-dilutive share-based awards excluded from diluted calculation 

 1.9  

 1.6  

 134.0 
 1.1 
 135.1 

 4.95 
 4.91 

 0.4 

Contingently issuable shares of 0.9 million for 2018, and 0.2 million for both 2017 and 2016, have not been included 
as  the  vesting  conditions  have  not  been  satisfied.  These  shares  relate  to  restricted  stock  unit  awards  issued  in 
connection with the Company’s long-term incentive program. 

Share-Based Compensation 

The Company recognizes compensation expense for share-based awards based on the grant date fair value of those 
awards. Share-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period 
for each vesting tranche of the award. See Note 21, Share-Based Compensation, for information on the assumptions 
used to calculate the fair value of stock options. Performance-based restricted stock unit awards cliff vest at the end 
of  a  three-year  period  based  upon  the  Company’s  achievement  of  pre-established  goals.  Upon  exercise  of  stock 
options, issuance of restricted stock or units, or issuance of shares under the employees stock purchase plan, the 
Company will issue authorized but unissued common stock or use common stock held in treasury.  

Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash 

Cash consists of funds held on hand and in bank accounts. Cash equivalents include amounts on demand with banks 
and  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  original  maturities  of  three months  or  less,  including  money  market  funds. 
Additionally,  amounts  due  from  third-party  credit  card  processors  for  the  settlement  of  debit  and  credit  card 
transactions are included as cash equivalents as they are generally collected within three business days. Restricted 
cash represents cash that is restricted as to withdrawal or use under the terms of various agreements. Restricted 
cash includes amounts held in a qualified settlement fund in connection with the pension litigation as discussed in 
Note 22, Legal Proceedings, amounts held in escrow in connection with various leasing arrangements in Europe, 
and deposits held in insurance trusts in order to satisfy the requirement to collateralize part of the self-insured workers’ 
compensation and liability claims.  

The  following  table  provides  the  reconciliation  of  cash,  cash  equivalents,  and  restricted  cash,  as  reported  on  our 
consolidated statements of cash flows. 

Cash and cash equivalents (1) 
Restricted cash included in other current assets (2) 
Restricted cash included in other non-current assets (2)  
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash 

  $ 

  $ 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

 891   $ 

 59  
 31  

 849   $ 
 1  
 181  

 981   $ 

 1,031   $ 

 1,046 
 — 
 27 
 1,073 

(1) 

(2) 

Includes  cash  equivalents  of  $834  million,  $780  million,  and  $1,000  million  for  the year  ended  February 2,  2019,  February 3,  2018,  and 
January 28, 2017, respectively. 
In connection with the pension litigation matter, the Company deposited $150 million to a qualified settlement fund during 2017, classified as 
long-term at that time. Included in the restricted cash balance as of February 2, 2019 is $55 million remaining of this fund that is expected to 
be contributed to the pension plan in early 2019 and is therefore classified as current assets. Please also see Note 22, Legal Proceedings. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued) 

Investments 

As of February 3, 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10): 
Recognition  and  Measurement  of  Financial  Assets  and  Financial  Liabilities.  The  Company’s  $94  million  of  equity 
minority investments, under the practicability exception, are now measured at cost adjusted for changes in observable 
prices minus impairment. Additionally, our auction rate security classified as available-for-sale is now recorded at fair 
value with gains and losses reported to other income in our Statement of Operations, whereas previously changes 
in  the  fair  value  were  reported  as  a  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  in  the  Consolidated 
Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and were not reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations until a sale 
transaction  occurred  or  when  declines  in  fair  value  were  deemed  to  be  other-than-temporary.  The  adjustment 
recorded to retained earnings as a result of adopting ASU 2016-01 was not significant.  

Minority interests, including equity method investments and convertible notes, had a carrying value of $104 million 
as of February 2, 2019 and are included within other assets. As of February 2, 2019, the Company held one available-
for-sale security, which was the Company’s $6 million auction rate security.  

See Note 19, Fair Value Measurements, for further discussion. 

Merchandise Inventories and Cost of Sales 

Merchandise inventories for the Company’s Athletic Stores are valued at the lower of cost or market using the retail 
inventory method. Cost for retail stores is determined on the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) basis for domestic inventories 
and  on  the  first-in,  first-out  (“FIFO”)  basis  for  international  inventories.  Merchandise  inventories  of  the  Direct-to-
Customers  business  are  valued  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  using  weighted-average  cost,  which  approximates 
FIFO. 

The retail inventory method is commonly used by retail companies to value inventories at cost and calculate gross 
margins  due  to  its  practicality.  Under  the  retail  inventory  method,  cost  is  determined  by  applying  a  cost-to-
retail percentage across groupings of similar items, known as departments. The cost-to-retail percentage is applied 
to ending inventory at its current owned retail valuation to determine the cost of ending inventory on a department 
basis. The  Company provides reserves based on current selling prices  when the inventory has  not been marked 
down to market. 

Transportation,  distribution  center,  and  sourcing  costs  are  capitalized  in  merchandise  inventories.  The  Company 
expenses  the  freight  associated  with  transfers  between  its  store  locations  in  the  period  incurred.  The  Company 
maintains an accrual for shrinkage based on historical rates. 

Cost of sales is comprised of the cost of merchandise, as well as occupancy, buyers’ compensation, and shipping 
and handling costs. The cost of merchandise is recorded net of amounts received from suppliers for damaged product 
returns, markdown allowances, and volume rebates, as well as cooperative advertising reimbursements received in 
excess of specific, incremental advertising expenses. Occupancy costs include the amortization of amounts received 
from landlords for tenant improvements. 

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Significant additions 
and  improvements  to  property  and  equipment  are  capitalized.  Depreciation  and  amortization  are  computed  on  a 
straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives: 

Buildings 
Store leasehold improvements 
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment 
Software 

    Maximum of 50 years 
  Shorter of the asset useful life or expected term of the lease 
  3‑10 years 
  2‑7 years 

Maintenance  and  repairs  are  charged  to  current  operations  as  incurred.  Major  renewals  or  replacements  that 
substantially extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized and depreciated. 

44 

 
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued) 

Internal-Use Software Development Costs 

The Company capitalizes certain external and internal computer software and software development costs incurred 
during  the  application  development  stage.  The  application  development  stage  generally  includes  software  design 
and  configuration,  coding,  testing,  and  installation  activities.  Capitalized  costs  include  only  external  direct  cost  of 
materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use software, and payroll and payroll-related 
costs  for  employees  who  are  directly  associated  with  and  devote  time  to  the  internal-use  software  project. 
Capitalization of such costs ceases no later than the point at which the project is substantially complete and ready 
for its intended use. Training and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred, while upgrades and enhancements 
are capitalized if it is probable that such expenditures will result in additional functionality. Capitalized software, net 
of  accumulated  amortization,  is  included  as  a  component  of  property  and  equipment  and  was  $80  million  and 
$67 million at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, respectively. 

Recoverability of Long-Lived Tangible Assets 

The  Company  performs  an  impairment  review  when  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  of  long-lived 
tangible assets may not be recoverable. Management’s policy in determining whether an impairment indicator exists, 
a triggering event, comprises measurable operating performance criteria at the division level, as well as qualitative 
measures. The Company considers historical performance and future estimated results,  which  are predominately 
identified  from  the  Company’s  long-range  strategic  plans,  in  its  evaluation  of  potential  store-level  impairment  and 
then compares the carrying amount of the asset with the estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use 
of the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated expected undiscounted future cash flows, the 
Company measures the amount of the impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the asset with its estimated 
fair  value.  The  estimation  of  fair  value  is  measured  by  discounting  expected  future  cash  flows  at  the  Company’s 
weighted-average cost of capital. The Company estimates fair value based on the best information available using 
estimates, judgments, and projections as considered necessary. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment annually during the first quarter of 
each fiscal year or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. The review of goodwill impairment consists of either 
using a qualitative approach to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the assets is less 
than  their  respective  carrying  values  or  a  two-step  impairment  test,  if  necessary.  If,  based  on  the  results  of  the 
qualitative assessment, it is concluded that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the intangible asset is 
greater than its carrying value, the two-step test is performed to identify potential impairment. If it is determined that 
it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, it is unnecessary to 
perform the two-step impairment test. 

Based  on  certain  circumstances,  we  may  elect  to  bypass  the  qualitative  assessment  and  proceed  directly  to 
performing  the  first  step  of  the  two-step  impairment  test.  The  first  step  of  the  two-step  goodwill  impairment  test 
compares  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  to  its  carrying  amount,  including  goodwill.  The  second  step  includes 
hypothetically  valuing  all  the  tangible  and  intangible  assets  of  the  reporting  unit  as  if  the  reporting  unit  had  been 
acquired in a business combination. Then, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is compared to the 
carrying  amount  of  that  goodwill.  If  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset  exceeds  its  fair  value,  an  impairment  loss  is 
recognized in the amount of the excess. The fair value of each reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash 
flow approach. 

Intangible assets that are determined to have finite lives are amortized over their useful lives and are measured for 
impairment  only  when  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  may  be  impaired. 
Intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  are  tested  for  impairment  if  impairment  indicators  arise  and,  at  a  minimum, 
annually. The impairment review for intangible assets with indefinite lives consists of either performing a qualitative 
or a quantitative assessment. If the results of the qualitative assessment indicate that it is more likely than not that 
the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible is less than its carrying amount, or if we elect to proceed directly to a 
quantitative assessment, we calculate the fair value using a discounted cash flow method, based on the relief from 
royalty concept, and compare the fair value to the carrying value to determine if the asset is impaired. 

45 

FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued) 

Derivative Financial Instruments 

All derivative financial instruments are recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair values. 
For derivatives designated as a hedge, and effective as part of a hedge transaction, the effective portion of the gain 
or loss on the hedging derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income/loss or as a 
basis adjustment to the underlying hedged item and reclassified to earnings in the period in which the hedged item 
affects  earnings.  The  effective  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  hedges  of  foreign  net  investments  is  generally  not 
reclassified to earnings unless the net investment is disposed of. To the extent derivatives do not qualify or are not 
designated as hedges, or are ineffective, their changes in fair value are recorded in earnings immediately, which may 
subject the Company to increased earnings volatility. 

Fair Value 

The Company categorizes its financial instruments into a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to 
valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest 
priority  to  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities  (Level  1)  and  the  lowest  priority  to 
unobservable inputs (Level 3). If the inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the 
category  level  is  based  on  the  lowest  priority  level  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement  of  the 
instrument.  Fair  value  is  determined  based  upon  the  exit  price  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an  asset  or  paid  to 
transfer  a  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  exclusive  of  any  transaction  costs.  The 
Company’s financial assets recorded at fair value are categorized as follows: 

Level 1 -     Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets. 

Level 2 -     Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments 
in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs or significant 
value-drivers are observable in active markets. 

Level 3 -     Model-derived  valuations  in  which  one  or  more  significant  inputs  or  significant  value-drivers  are 

unobservable. 

Income Taxes 

The Company accounts for its income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of 
deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the 
financial  statements.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  on  the  basis  of  the 
differences between the financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in 
effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are recognized for tax credits 
and net operating loss carryforwards, reduced by a valuation allowance, which is established when it is more likely 
than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The effect of a change in tax rates on 
deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. 

The Company recognizes net deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets are more likely than not 
to be realized. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, 
including  future  reversals  of  existing  taxable  temporary  differences,  projected  future  taxable  income,  tax-planning 
strategies, and results of recent operations. If the Company determines that it would be able to realize its deferred 
tax  assets  in  the  future  in  excess  of  their  net  recorded  amount,  the  Company  would  make  an  adjustment  to  the 
deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes. 

A  taxing  authority  may  challenge  positions  that  the  Company  adopted  in  its  income  tax  filings.  Accordingly,  the 
Company  may  apply  different  tax  treatments  for  transactions  in  filing  its  income  tax  returns  than  for  income  tax 
financial reporting. The Company regularly assesses its tax positions for such transactions and records reserves for 
those  differences  when  considered  necessary.  Tax  positions  are  recognized  only  when  it  is  more  likely  than  not, 
based on technical merits, that the positions will be sustained upon examination. Tax positions that meet the more-
likely-than-not threshold are measured using a probability weighted approach as the largest amount of tax benefit 
that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon settlement. Whether the more-likely-than-not recognition 
threshold is met for a tax position is a matter of judgment based on the individual facts and circumstances of that 
position  evaluated  in  light  of  all  available  evidence.  The  Company  recognizes  interest  and  penalties  related  to 
unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations. 
Accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability line in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

46 

FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued) 

Our income tax provision for 2018 and 2017 includes the effects of U.S. tax reform. See also Note 17, Income Taxes 
for more information. 

Pension and Postretirement Obligations 

The discount rate for the U.S. plans is determined by reference to the Bond:Link interest rate model based upon a 
portfolio of highly-rated U.S. corporate bonds with individual bonds that are theoretically purchased to settle the plan’s 
anticipated  cash  outflows.  The  cash  flows  are  discounted  to  their  present  value  and  an  overall  discount  rate  is 
determined. The discount rate selected to measure the present value of the Company’s Canadian benefit obligations 
was  developed  by  using  that  plan’s  bond  portfolio  indices,  which  match  the  benefit  obligations.  The  Company 
measures its plan assets and benefit obligations using the month-end date that is closest to our fiscal year end. 

Insurance Liabilities 

The Company is primarily self-insured for health care, workers’ compensation, and general liability costs. Accordingly, 
provisions are made for the Company’s actuarially determined estimates of discounted future claim costs for such 
risks, for the aggregate of claims reported, and claims incurred but not yet reported. Self-insured liabilities totaled 
$12  million  and  $10  million  at  February 2,  2019  and  February 3,  2018,  respectively.  The  Company  discounts  its 
workers’ compensation and general liability reserves using a risk-free interest rate. Imputed interest expense related 
to these liabilities was not significant for any of the periods presented. 

Accounting for Leases 

The  Company  recognizes  rent  expense  for  operating  leases  as  of  the  possession  date  for  store  leases  or  the 
commencement of the agreement for a non-store lease. Rental expense, inclusive of rent holidays, concessions, and 
tenant  allowances  are  recognized  over  the  lease  term  on  a  straight-line  basis.  Contingent  payments  based  upon 
sales and future increases determined by inflation related indices cannot be estimated at the inception of the lease 
and, accordingly, are charged to operations as incurred.  

See Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted for information on the first quarter 2019 adoption of the 
new lease accounting guidance, Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases. 

Treasury Stock Retirement 

The  Company  periodically  retires  treasury  shares  that  it  acquires  through  share  repurchases  and  returns  those 
shares to the status of authorized but unissued. The Company accounts for treasury stock transactions under the 
cost method. For each reacquisition of common stock, the number of shares and the acquisition price for those shares 
is added to the existing treasury stock count and total value. When treasury shares are retired, the Company’s policy 
is to allocate the excess of the repurchase price over the par value of shares acquired to both retained earnings and 
additional paid-in capital. The portion allocated to additional paid-in capital is determined by applying a percentage, 
which is determined by dividing the number of shares to be retired by the number of shares issued, to the balance of 
additional paid-in capital as of the retirement date. 

During 2018 and 2017, the Company retired 9 million and 12 million shares, respectively, of its common stock held 
in treasury. The shares were returned to the status of authorized but unissued. As a result, treasury stock decreased 
by $400 million and $487 million as of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, respectively. 

Foreign Currency Translation 

The functional currency of the Company’s international operations is the applicable local currency. The translation of 
the applicable foreign currency into U.S.  dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using current exchange 
rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenue and expense accounts using the weighted-average rates of 
exchange prevailing during the year. The unearned gains and losses resulting from such translation are included as 
a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive loss within shareholders’ equity. 

47 

FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued) 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

In  May  2014,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”) 
2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606).  The  core  principle  of  Topic  606  is  to  recognize 
revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration 
to  which  the  entity  expects  to  be  entitled  in  exchange  for  those  goods  or  services.  The  Company  adopted  ASU 
2014-09  during  the  first  quarter  of  2018  using  the  modified  retrospective  method.  We  recognized  $5  million,  or 
$4 million net of tax, as the cumulative effect of initially applying the new revenue standard as an increase to the 
opening balance of retained earnings.  

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other 
Than Inventory. ASU 2016-16 requires recognition of income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset 
other than inventory when the transfer occurs. The Company adopted this ASU during the first quarter of 2018 using 
the  modified  retrospective  method,  and  as  a  result  increased  deferred  income  tax  assets  by  $37  million.  The 
Company  recorded  an  adjustment  to  opening  retained  earnings  to  write  off  the  income  tax  effects  that  had  been 
deferred from past intercompany transactions involving non-inventory assets. The Company also recorded deferred 
tax assets with an offset to opening retained earnings for amounts that were not previously recognized under the 
previous guidance but are recognized under this ASU. 

Other recently adopted ASUs are discussed within the applicable disclosures throughout this document. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU requires lessees to recognize a 
lease liability, on a discounted basis, and a right-of-use asset for all leases, as well as additional disclosure regarding 
leasing arrangements. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements, 
which provides an optional transition method of applying the new lease standard. Topic 842 can be applied using 
either a modified retrospective approach at the beginning of the earliest period presented, or as permitted by ASU 
2018-11, at the beginning of the period in which it is adopted. These new leasing standards are effective for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods therein.  

The Company intends to adopt Topic 842 during the first quarter of 2019 using the optional transition method provided 
by ASU 2018-11. The Company has elected to apply the transition package of practical expedients permitted under 
the  transition  guidance,  which  among  other  things,  allows  the  carryforward  of  prior  lease  classifications  and  the 
assessment of whether a contract is or contains a lease. The Company will also elect to combine lease and non-
lease components for all asset classes and to keep leases with an initial term of 12 months or less off the balance 
sheet. Based upon our current analysis and our evaluation of the standard, we estimate the adoption will result in the 
addition  of  approximately  $3.2  to  $3.4  billion  of  assets  and  liabilities  to  our  consolidated  balance  sheet,  with  no 
significant change to our consolidated statements of operations or cash flows. The actual asset amount will depend 
on the finalization of any impairment of the right-to-use assets related to previously impaired stores, which is currently 
under review. The adjustment for impairment will be recorded as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings. 

Other recently issued accounting pronouncements did not, or are not believed by management to, have a material 
effect on the Company’s present or future consolidated financial statements. 

2. Segment Information 

The Company has integrated all available shopping channels including stores, websites, and catalogs. Store sales 
are primarily fulfilled from the store’s inventory but may also be shipped from any of our distribution centers or from 
a different store location if an item is not available at the original store. Direct-to-customer orders are primarily shipped 
to our customers through our distribution centers but may also be shipped from any store or a combination of our 
distribution centers and stores depending on the availability of particular items. Our operating segments are identified 
according to how our business activities are managed and evaluated by our chief operating decision maker, our CEO. 
Prior to fiscal 2018, the Company had two reportable segments: Athletic Stores and Direct-to-Customers. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

2. Segment Information – (continued) 

Beginning in fiscal 2018, the Company has changed  its organizational and internal reporting structure in order to 
execute our omni-channel strategy. In light of these changes, the Company has re-evaluated its operating segments, 
which now reflect the combination of stores and direct-to-customer by geography. The Company has determined that 
it has two operating segments, North America and International. Our North America operating segment includes the 
results of the following banners operating in the U.S. and Canada: Foot Locker, Kids Foot Locker, Lady Foot Locker, 
Champs  Sports,  Footaction,  and  SIX:02,  including  each  of  their  related  e-commerce  businesses,  as  well  as  our 
Eastbay business that includes internet, catalog, and team sales. Our International operating segment includes the 
results of the following banners operating in Europe, Asia, Australia, and New Zealand: Foot Locker, Runners Point, 
Sidestep, and Kids Foot Locker, including each of their related e-commerce businesses. We have further aggregated 
these operating segments into one reportable segment based upon their shared customer base and similar economic 
characteristics. Prior-year information has been restated to reflect this change.  

The  Company  evaluates  performance  based  on  several  factors,  of  which  the  primary  financial  measure  is  the 
banner’s financial results referred to as division profit. Division profit reflects income before income taxes, pension 
litigation charge, corporate expense, non-operating income, and net interest income. The following table summarizes 
our results: 

Division profit (1) 
Less: Pension litigation and reorganization charges (2), (3)  
Less: Corporate expense (4) 
Income from operations 
Interest income (expense), net 
Other income 
Income before income taxes 

  $ 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

 789  
 18  
 72  
 699  
 9  
 5  
 713   $ 

 810  
 191  
 48  
 571  
 2  
 5  
 578   $ 

 1,070 
 — 
 70 
 1,000 
 (2)
 6 
 1,004 

(1) 

Included in the results for 2018, 2017, and 2016 are non-cash impairment charges of $19 million, $20 million, and $6 million, respectively.  

During 2018, the Company recorded a charge totaling $4 million to write down store fixtures and leasehold improvements related to Runners 
Point, Sidestep, and SIX:02. Additionally, the Company recorded a charge of $15 million to write down the values of the trademarks/ trade 
names associated with Runners Point.  

The 2017 amount includes a charge of $16 million to write down long-lived store assets of SIX:02, and a charge of $4 million to write down 
primarily long-lived store assets of Runners Point and Sidestep.  

The 2016 amounts  reflect charges to  write  down  long-lived store  assets of  Runners  Point and  Sidestep. See  Note 3,  Litigation  and  Other 
Charges for additional information. 

Included in the 2018 and 2017 amounts are pre-tax charge of $18 million and $178 million, respectively, relating to a pension litigation matter 
described further in Note 22, Legal Proceedings. 

Included in the 2017 amount is $13 million in pre-tax reorganization costs related to the reduction and reorganization of division and corporate 
staff that occurred in the third quarter of 2017, described more fully in Note 3, Litigation and Other Charges.  

(2) 

(3) 

(4)  Corporate expense for all years presented reflects the reallocation of expense between corporate and the operating divisions. Based upon 
annual internal studies of corporate expense, the allocation of such expenses to the operating divisions was increased by $40 million for 2018, 
$4 million for 2017, and $9 million for 2016, thereby reducing corporate expense. 

Sales disaggregated based upon channel as of and for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2019, February 3, 2018, 
and January 28, 2017 are presented in the following table. 

Sales 
Stores  
Direct-to-customers 
Total sales 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

 6,714   $ 
 1,225  
 7,939   $ 

 6,673   $ 
 1,109  
 7,782   $ 

 6,744 
 1,022 
 7,766 

$ 

$ 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

2. Segment Information – (continued) 

Sales and long-lived asset information by geographic area as of and for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2019, 
February 3, 2018, and January 28, 2017 are presented in the following tables. Sales are attributed to the country in 
which the sales transaction is fulfilled. Long-lived assets reflect property and equipment. 

Sales 
United States 
International 
Total sales 

Long-Lived Assets 
United States 
International 
Total long-lived assets 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 5,647   $ 
 2,292  
 7,939   $ 

 5,532   $ 
 2,250  
 7,782   $ 

 602   $ 
 234  
 836   $ 

 607   $ 
 259  
 866   $ 

 5,562 
 2,204 
 7,766 

 575 
 190 
 765 

For the year ended February 2, 2019, the countries that comprised the majority of the sales and long-lived assets for 
the  international  category  were  Canada,  Italy,  France,  and  Germany.  No  other  individual  country  included  in  the 
international category was significant. 

Depreciation and 
Amortization 

Capital Expenditures (1)   
     2018      2017      2016      2018        2017        2016       2018       2017        2016 

Total Assets 

($ in millions) 

Division 
Corporate 
Total Company 
(1)  Represents cash capital expenditures for all years presented 

  $  160   $ 157   $ 144   $   112   $   205   $  197   $  2,900   $  3,132   $ 3,140 
 700 
 69  
  $  178   $ 173   $ 158   $   187   $   274   $  266   $  3,820   $  3,961   $ 3,840 

 920  

 829  

 69  

 14  

 16  

 18  

 75  

3. Litigation and Other Charges 

Pension litigation related charges 
Other intangible asset impairments 
Impairment of long-lived assets 
Reorganization costs 
Total litigation and other charges 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

  $ 

  $ 

 18   $ 
 15  
 4  
 —  
 37   $ 

 178   $ 

 —  
 20  
 13  

 211   $ 

 — 
 — 
 6 
 — 
 6 

As more fully discussed in Note 22, Legal Proceedings, the Company recorded charges in 2018 related to the pension 
litigation judgment totaling $18 million. This amount included charges of $13 million, which represented adjustments 
to  the  estimated  cost  of  reformation  and  interest.  Professional  fees  in  connection  with  the  plan  reformation  were 
incurred totaling $5 million. During 2017, the Company recorded charges totaling $178 million related to the same 
matter. 

During  2018,  due  to  the  continued  underperformance  of  our  SIX:02  stores,  Runners  Point,  and  Sidestep  stores, 
management determined that a triggering event had occurred and, therefore, an impairment review was conducted. 
Total non-cash impairment recorded to write down store fixtures and leasehold improvements was $4 million and 
was related to Runners Point, Sidestep, and SIX:02, for 105 stores, 48 stores, and 27 stores, respectively. As of 
February 2, 2019, the remaining net book value of long-lived assets related to these banners was not significant. In 
2017, the Company also recorded non-cash impairment charges for SIX:02, Runners Point, and Sidestep stores to 
write  down  long-lived  assets  totaling  $20  million.  The  Company  also  performed  an  impairment  review  of  other 
intangible assets for Runners Point and Sidestep in 2018. Accordingly, a charge of $15 million was recorded to write 
down  the  value  of  the  trademarks/trade  names  associated  with  Runners  Point.  This  charge  was  determined  by 
determining the fair value using a discounted cash flow method, based on a relief-from-royalty concept. The fair value 
reflected lower anticipated future performance. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

3. Litigation and Other Charges – (continued) 

During 2017, the Company reorganized its organizational structure by adjusting certain responsibilities between our 
various  businesses.  As  a  result  of  this,  as  well  as  certain  corporate  staff  reductions  taken  to  improve  corporate 
efficiency, the Company recorded a charge of $13 million. The charge consisted primarily of severance payments 
and  benefit  continuation  costs  for  approximately 190 associates.  The  amount  remaining  to  be  paid  as  of 
February 2, 2019 is not significant. 

4. Other Income 

Other income includes non-operating items, such as:  

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

gains from insurance recoveries,  
lease termination gains related to the sales of leasehold interests, 
discounts/premiums paid on the repurchase and retirement of bonds,  
franchise royalty income,  
changes in fair value, premiums paid, realized gains associated with foreign currency option contracts, 
changes in the market value of our available-for-sale security in conjunction with the adoption of ASU 
2016-01 effective with the beginning of 2018,  
changes in the fair value of our equity investments, and  
net  benefit  expense  related  to  our  pension  and  postretirement  programs  excluding  the  service  cost 
component as required by the adoption of ASU 2017-07 as of the beginning of 2018.  

Other income was $5 million in both 2018 and 2017 and was $6 million in 2016. For 2018, other income includes $6 
million of royalty income, $1 million of lease termination gains, a $1 million loss on our available-for-sale security, and 
$1  million  of  net  benefit  expense  relating  to  our  pension  and  post  retirement  programs.  Included  in  2017  was  $4 
million of royalty income and $1 million of lease termination gains. Other income in 2016 included a gain of $2 million 
on a forward foreign currency contract associated with an intercompany transaction that did not qualify for hedge 
accounting;  $2  million  of  royalty  income;  $1  million  related  to  an  insurance  recovery;  and  $1  million  of  lease 
termination gains.  

5. Merchandise Inventories 

LIFO inventories 
FIFO inventories 
Total merchandise inventories 

$ 

$ 

2018 

2017 

($ in millions) 
 838  
 431  
 1,269  

$ 

$ 

 809 
 469 
 1,278 

The value of the Company’s LIFO inventories, as calculated on a LIFO basis, approximates their value as calculated 
on a FIFO basis. 

6. Other Current Assets 

Prepaid rent 
Net receivables 
Restricted cash (1) 
Prepaid income taxes 
Other prepaid expenses 
Income taxes receivable 
Deferred tax costs 
Other 

$ 

$ 

2018 

2017 

$ 

($ in millions) 
 93  
 87  
 59  
 46  
 35  
 20  
 10  
 8  
 358  

$ 

 96 
 106 
 1 
 174 
 31 
 1 
 13 
 2 
 424 

(1)  Restricted cash as of February 2, 2019 includes $55 million of the qualified settlement fund that was established during 2017 in connection 
with the pension litigation matter. The qualified settlement fund was classified as a long-term asset as of February 3, 2018 since the timing 
was not known at that time. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

7. Property and Equipment, net 

Land 
Buildings: 
Owned 

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and software development 

costs: 
Owned 

Less: accumulated depreciation 

Alterations to leased and owned buildings: 

Cost 
Less: accumulated amortization 

2018 

2017 

($ in millions) 

 4  

$ 

 46  

 1,177  
 1,227  
 (785) 
 442  

 926  
 (532) 
 394  
 836  

$ 

 4 

 44 

 1,145 
 1,193 
 (753)
 440 

 965 
 (539)
 426 
 866 

$ 

$ 

8. Goodwill 

As a result of the first quarter 2018 change in our organizational and internal reporting structure, we have determined 
that  we  have  one  reportable  segment.  We  have  reassessed  our  reporting  units  in  light  of  this  change  and  have 
deemed the collective omni-channel banners in North America and International to be the two reporting units at which 
goodwill is tested. Therefore, goodwill was re-allocated to these reporting units based on their relative fair values. As 
required, we conducted our 2018 annual impairment review both before and after this change. Neither review resulted 
in the recognition of impairment, as the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value.  

Goodwill is net of accumulated impairment charges of $167 million for all periods presented.  

9. Other Intangible Assets, net 

($ in millions) 
Amortized intangible assets: (1) 
Lease acquisition costs 
Trademarks / trade names 
Favorable leases 

Indefinite life intangible assets: (1) 

Runners Point Group trademarks / 
trade names (3)  

Other intangible assets, net 

February 2, 2019 

February 3, 2018 

  Gross   Accum.  
amort.  

value   

  Wtd.      
  Avg.     
  Life in     Gross    Accum.  
amort.  

Net 
value   Years (2)   value   

Net 
value   

  $   120   $   (111)  $ 

 20  
 7  

 (15) 
 (6) 

  $   147   $   (132)  $ 

 9 
 5 
 1 
 15 

 9.8  $   135   $  (122)  $ 

 20.0    
 9.0    

 20  
 7  
 14.1  $   162   $  (142)  $ 

 (14) 
 (6) 

 13   
 6   
 1   
 20   

 9   
 24   

     $ 

     $ 

 26   
 46   

(1)  The change in the ending balances also reflect the effect of foreign currency fluctuations due primarily to the movements of the euro in relation 

to the U.S. dollar. 

(2)  The weighted-average useful life is as of February 2, 2019 and excludes those assets that are fully amortized. 
(3) 

Includes a non-cash impairment charge of $15 million recorded as of February 2, 2019. This impairment charge is described more fully in 
Note 3, Litigation and Other Charges. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
      
 
     
 
      
 
 
      
 
      
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
     
 
     
   
     
 
     
 
     
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
     
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
     
    
    
  
    
  
     
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
    
  
    
  
 
 
  
    
  
    
    
  
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

9. Other Intangible Assets, net – (continued) 

Amortizing  intangible  assets  primarily  represent  lease  acquisition  costs,  which  are  amounts  that  are  required  to 
secure prime lease locations and other lease rights, primarily in Europe. Amortization expense recorded is as follows: 

($ in millions) 
Amortization expense 

2018 

2017 

2016 

$ 

 4  

$ 

 4  

$ 

Estimated future amortization expense for finite lived intangibles for the next five years is as follows: 

2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 

10. Other Assets 

Minority investments 
Restricted cash (1) 
Pension asset 
Auction rate security 
Deferred tax costs 
Other 

$ 

$ 

 4 

 3 
 3 
 3 
 2 
 2 

($ in millions) 

$ 

2018 

2017 

$ 

($ in millions) 
 104  
 31  
 7  
 6  
 -  
 50  
 198  

$ 

 15 
 181 
 36 
 7 
 11 
 40 
 290 

(1)  Restricted  cash  for  the year  ended  February 3,  2018  includes  $150  million  deposited  to a  qualified settlement fund  in connection  with  the 

pension litigation. Please see Note 22, Legal Proceedings for further information. 

11. Accrued and Other Liabilities 

2018 

2017 

Other payroll and payroll related costs, excluding taxes 
Taxes other than income taxes 
Customer deposits (1) 
Incentive bonuses 
Advertising 
Property and equipment (2) 
Income taxes payable 
Other 

$ 

$ 

$ 

($ in millions) 
 70  
 64  
 41  
 41  
 37  
 26  
 5  
 93  
 377  

$ 

 67 
 63 
 49 
 6 
 22 
 58 
 11 
 82 
 358 

(1)  Customer deposits include unredeemed gift cards, merchandise credits, and deferred revenue related to undelivered merchandise for 2017 

(prior to the adoption of ASU 2014-09), including layaway sales. 

(2)  Accruals for property and equipment are excluded from the statements of cash flows for all years presented. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

12. Revolving Credit Facility 

On May 19, 2016, the Company entered into a credit agreement with its banks (“2016 Credit Agreement”). The 2016 
Credit Agreement provides for a $400 million asset-based revolving credit facility maturing on May 19, 2021. During 
the term of the 2016 Credit Agreement, the Company may also increase the commitments by up to $200 million, 
subject to customary conditions. Interest is determined, at the Company’s option, by the federal funds rate plus a 
margin of 0.125 percent to 0.375 percent, or a Eurodollar rate, determined by reference to LIBOR, plus a margin of 
1.125 percent to 1.375 percent depending on availability under the 2016 Credit Agreement. In addition, the Company 
is paying a commitment fee of 0.20 percent per annum on the unused portion of the commitments. 

The  2016  Credit  Agreement  provides  for  a  security  interest  in  certain  of  the  Company’s  domestic  store  assets, 
including inventory assets, accounts receivable, cash deposits, and certain insurance proceeds. The Company is not 
required to comply with any financial covenants unless certain events of default have occurred and are continuing, 
or if availability under the 2016 Credit Agreement does not exceed the greater of $40 million and 10 percent of the 
Loan Cap (as defined in the 2016 Credit Agreement). There are no restrictions relating to the payment of dividends 
and share repurchases as long as no default or event of default has occurred and the aggregate principal amount of 
unused commitments under the 2016 Credit Agreement is not less than 15 percent of the lesser of the aggregate 
amount of the commitments and the Borrowing Base, determined as of the preceding fiscal month and on a proforma 
basis for the following six fiscal months. 

The  Company  uses  the  2016  Credit  Agreement  to  support  standby  letters  of  credit  in  connection  with  insurance 
programs. The letters of credit outstanding as of February 2, 2019 were not significant.  

During 2016, the Company paid approximately $2 million in fees relating to the 2016 Credit Agreement. Deferred 
financing fees are amortized over the life of the facility on a straight-line basis, which is comparable to the interest 
method. The unamortized balance at February 2, 2019 is $1 million. Interest expense, including facility fees, related 
to the revolving credit facility was $1 million for all years presented. 

13. Long-Term Debt 

2018 

2017 

8.5% debentures payable January 2022 
Unamortized gain related to interest rate swaps (1) 

$ 

$ 

($ in millions) 
 118  
 6  
 124  

$ 

$ 

 118 
 7 
 125 

(1) 

In 2009, the Company terminated an interest rate swap at a gain. This gain is being amortized as part of interest expense over the remaining 
term of the debt using the effective-yield method. 

Interest expense related to long-term debt and the amortization of the associated debt issuance costs was $8 million 
and $9 million for the years ended February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, respectively. 

14. Other Liabilities 

2018 

2017 

Straight-line rent liability (1) 
Pension benefits 
Income taxes 
Postretirement benefits 
Workers’ compensation and general liability reserves 
Deferred taxes 
Pension litigation liability (2) 
Other 

\ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

($ in millions) 
 265  
 99  
 29  
 11  
 7  
 6  
 —  
 9  
 426  

$ 

 245 
 19 
 114 
 14 
 7 
 15 
 278 
 9 
 701 

(1) 
Includes unamortized tenant allowances of $66 million and $64 million for the year ended February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, respectively.  
(2)  During 2018, the pension litigation liability was reclassified to our pension obligations in connection with the plan reformation. This is more fully 

described in Note 22, Legal Proceedings. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

15. Leases 

The  Company  is  obligated  under  operating  leases  for  almost  all  of  its  store  properties.  Some  of  the  store  leases 
contain  renewal  options  with  varying  terms  and  conditions.  Management  expects  that  in  the  normal  course  of 
business, expiring leases will generally be renewed or, upon making a decision to relocate, replaced by leases on 
other premises. Operating lease periods generally range from 5 to 10 years. 

Certain  leases  provide  for  additional  rent  payments  based  on  a percentage  of  store  sales.  Also,  most  of  the 
Company’s leases require the payment of certain executory costs such as insurance, maintenance, and other costs 
in addition to the future minimum lease payments. These costs, including the amortization of lease rights, totaled 
$147 million in 2018, $146 million in 2017, and $141 million in 2016. Included in the amounts below are non-store 
expenses that totaled $25 million in 2018 and $24 million in both 2017 and 2016. 

Minimum rent 
Contingent rent based on sales 
Sublease income 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

  $ 

 728   $ 

 714   $ 

 27  
 (5) 

 26  
 (5) 

  $ 

 750   $ 

 735   $ 

 667 
 29 
 (6)
 690 

Future  minimum  lease  payments  under  non-cancellable  operating  leases,  net  of  future  non-cancellable  operating 
sublease payments, are: 

2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
Thereafter 
Total operating lease commitments 

($ in millions) 

 672 
 631 
 583 
 527 
 456 
 1,408 
 4,277 

$ 

$ 

16. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, is comprised of the following: 

Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Cash flow hedges 
Unrecognized pension cost and postretirement 

benefit 

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale security 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

 (84)  $ 
 —  

 (286) 
 —  
 (370)  $ 

 (9)  $ 
 —  

 (270) 
 —  
 (279)  $ 

 (127)
 1 

 (236)
 (1)
 (363)

  $ 

  $ 

The changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the period ended February 2, 2019 were as follows: 

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 
      Adjustments 
  $ 

 (9)   $ 

Items Related 
  to Pension and 
  Postretirement 
Benefits 

($ in millions) 
Balance as of February 3, 2018 

OCI before reclassification 
Amortization of pension actuarial (gain)/loss, net of tax   
Pension remeasurement, net of tax 
Other comprehensive loss 
Balance as of February 2, 2019 

  $ 

 (75)  
 —  
 —  
 (75)  
 (84)   $ 

55 

 (270)  $ 

 2  
 8  
 (26) 
 (16) 

 (286)  $ 

Total 

 (279)

 (73)
 8 
 (26)
 (91)
 (370)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

16. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss – (continued) 

Reclassifications to income from accumulated other comprehensive loss for the period ended February 2, 2019 were 
as follows: 

Amortization of actuarial (gain) loss: 

Pension benefits- amortization of actuarial loss 
Postretirement benefits- amortization of actuarial gain 

Net periodic benefit cost (see Note 20) 
Income tax benefit 
Total, net of tax 

17. Income Taxes 

($ in millions) 

$ 

$ 

 12 
 (1)
 11 
 (3)
 8 

The domestic and international components of pre-tax income are as follows: 

Domestic 
International 
Total pre-tax income 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

$ 

$ 

 629  
 84  
 713  

$ 

$ 

 432  
 146  
 578  

$ 

$ 

 779 
 225 
 1,004 

Domestic pre-tax income includes the results of non-U.S. businesses that are operated in branches owned directly 
by the U.S. which, therefore, are subject to U.S. income tax. 

The income tax provision consists of the following: 

Current: 

 Federal 
 State and local 
 International 

Total current tax provision 
Deferred: 
Federal 
State and local 
International 

Total deferred tax provision 
Total income tax provision 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

 91   $ 
 42  
 30  
 163  

 (4) 
 1  
 12  
 9  
 172   $ 

 129   $ 

 18  
 42  
 189  

 98  
 5  
 2  
 105  
 294   $ 

 249 
 44 
 48 
 341 

 (6)
 1 
 4 
 (1)
 340 

  $ 

  $ 

Public  Law  115-97,  informally  known  as  the  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act  (the  “Tax  Act”),  was  enacted  on 
December 22, 2017. The Tax Act lowered the U.S. statutory income tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent, imposed 
a one-time transition tax on the Company’s foreign earnings, which previously had been deferred from U.S. income 
tax,  and  created  a  modified  territorial  system.  During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017,  the  Company  recognized  a 
$99 million  provisional  charge  for  the  mandatory  deemed  repatriation  of  foreign  sourced  net  earnings  and  a 
corresponding  change  in  the  permanent  reinvestment  assertion  under  ASC  740-30.  During  2018,  the  Company 
finalized its assessment of the income tax effects of the Tax Act and included measurement period adjustments that 
reduced  the  provisional  amounts  by  $28  million.  These  adjustments  represented  a  $21  million  reduction  in  the 
deemed repatriation tax and a $7 million benefit related to IRS accounting method changes and timing difference 
adjustments. Any further guidance issued after 2018 may result in changes to the Company’s provision for income 
tax in the period such guidance is effective.  

The  Tax  Act  included  a  provision  effective  in  2018  to  tax  global  intangible  low-taxed  income  (“GILTI”)  of  the 
Company’s  foreign  subsidiaries.  The  Company  has  adopted  an  accounting  policy  to  treat  GILTI  tax  as  a  current 
period expense. The GILTI tax expense for 2018 was not significant. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
     
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

17. Income Taxes – (continued) 

Following enactment of the Tax Act and the one-time transition tax, our historical foreign earnings are not subject to 
additional U.S. federal tax upon repatriation. Further, no additional U.S. federal tax will be due upon repatriation of 
current foreign earnings because they are either exempt or subject to U.S. tax as earned. At February 2, 2019, the 
Company had accumulated undistributed foreign earnings of approximately $835 million. This amount consists of 
historical earnings that were previously taxed under the Tax Act and post-Tax Act earnings. Investments in our foreign 
subsidiaries,  including  working  capital,  will  continue  to  be  permanently  reinvested.  Cash  balances  in  excess  of 
working capital needs are considered to be available for repatriation to the United States and foreign withholding 
taxes will be accrued as necessary on these amounts. The Company has not recorded a deferred tax liability for the 
difference  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  amount  and  the  tax  basis  of  its  investments  in  foreign 
subsidiaries. The determination of any unrecorded deferred tax liability on this amount is not practicable due to the 
uncertainty of how these investments would be recovered.  

A reconciliation of the significant differences between the federal statutory income tax rate and the effective income 
tax rate on pre-tax income is as follows: 

Federal statutory income tax rate (1) 
Deemed repatriation tax 
Increase in valuation allowance 
State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit 
International income taxed at varying rates 
Foreign tax credits 
Domestic/foreign tax settlements 
Federal tax credits 
Other, net 
Effective income tax rate 

2018 

2017 

2016 

 21.0 %   
 (2.7)  
 2.4   
 4.7   
 1.6   
 (2.1)  
 (0.7)  
 (0.2)  
 0.1   
 24.1 %   

 33.7 %   
 17.1   
 1.6   
 2.0   
 (2.3)  
 (2.6)  
 (0.2)  
 (0.2)  
 1.7   
 50.8 %   

 35.0 % 
 —  
 —  
 3.1  
 (3.7) 
 (1.9) 
 (0.1) 
 (0.2) 
 1.7  
 33.9 % 

(1) 

In accordance with Section 15 of the Internal Revenue Code, the tax rate for 2017 represented a blended rate of 33.7 percent, calculated by 
applying a prorated percentage of the number of days prior to and subsequent to the January 1, 2018 effective date. 

Deferred  income  taxes  are  provided  for  the  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  amounts  of  assets  and 
liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for income tax purposes. Items that 
give rise to significant portions of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows: 

2018 

2017 

 Deferred tax assets:  

Tax loss/credit carryforwards and capital loss 
Employee benefits 
Property and equipment 
Goodwill and other intangible assets 
Straight-line rent 
Other 

Total deferred tax assets 
Valuation allowance 

 Total deferred tax assets, net 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Merchandise inventories 
Goodwill and other intangible assets 
Other 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

Net deferred tax asset 
Balance Sheet caption reported in: 

Deferred taxes 
Other liabilities 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

57 

$ 

($ in millions) 
 39  
 38  
 35  
 24  
 47  
 25  
 208  
 (33) 
 175  

$ 

$ 

 77  
 —  
 17  
 94  
 81  

 87  
 (6) 
 81  

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

 23 
 16 
 54 
 — 
 44 
 27 
 164 
 (17)
 147 

 79 
 20 
 15 
 114 
 33 

 48 
 (15)
 33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
    
  
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
    
  
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

17. Income Taxes – (continued) 

Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income, which are based upon 
the  Company’s  long-range  strategic  plans,  management  believes  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  Company  will 
realize the benefits of deductible differences, net of the valuation allowances at February 2, 2019, over the periods 
in  which  the  temporary  differences  are  anticipated  to  reverse.  However,  the  amount  of  the  deferred  tax  asset 
considered  realizable  could  be  adjusted  in  the  future  if  estimates  of  taxable  income  are  revised.  As  of 
February 2, 2019,  the  Company  has  a  valuation  allowance  of  $33  million  to  reduce  its  deferred  tax  assets  to  an 
amount that is more likely than not to be realized. A valuation allowance of $28 million was recorded against tax loss 
carryforwards  of  certain  foreign  entities.  Based  on  the  history  of  losses  and  the  absence  of  prudent  and  feasible 
business plans for generating future taxable income in these entities, the Company believes it is more likely than not 
that the benefit of these loss carryforwards will not be realized. During 2018, we established a valuation allowance 
of $3 million for foreign taxes assessed at rates in excess of the U.S. federal tax rate for which no U.S. foreign tax 
credit is available. An additional valuation allowance of $2 million relates to the deferred tax assets arising from a 
capital loss associated with an impairment of the Northern Group note receivable recorded in 2008. The Company 
does not anticipate realizing capital gains to utilize the capital loss associated with the note receivable impairment. 

At February 2, 2019, the Company has U.S. state operating loss carryforwards with a potential tax benefit of $1 million 
that expire between 2020 and 2037. The Company will have, when realized, a capital loss with a potential benefit of 
$2 million arising from a note receivable. This loss will carryforward for 5 years after realization. The Company has 
international  minimum  tax  credit  carryforwards  with  a  potential  tax  benefit  of  $4 million  and  operating  loss 
carryforwards with a potential tax benefit of $29 million, a portion of which will expire between 2019 and 2027 and a 
portion  of  which  will  never  expire.  The  state  and  international  operating  loss  carryforwards  do  not  include 
unrecognized  tax  benefits.  The  Company  also  has  foreign  tax  credit  carryforwards  with  a  potential  tax  benefit  of 
$3 million that expire in 2028.  

The Company operates in multiple taxing jurisdictions and is subject to audit. Audits can involve complex issues that 
may require an extended period of time to resolve. A taxing authority may challenge positions that the Company has 
adopted in its income tax filings. Accordingly, the Company may apply different tax treatments for transactions in 
filing its income tax returns than for income tax financial reporting. The Company regularly assesses its tax positions 
for such transactions and records reserves for those differences. 

The  Company’s  2016  and  2017  U.S.  Federal  income  tax  filings  are  under  examination  by  the  Internal  Revenue 
Service.  The  Company  expects  to  conclude  both  examinations  in  the  first  quarter  of  2019.  The  Company  is 
participating in the IRS’s Compliance Assurance Process (“CAP”) for 2018, which is expected to conclude during 
2019. The Company has started the CAP for 2019. Due to the recent utilization of net operating loss carryforwards, 
the Company is subject to state and local tax examinations effectively including years from 2001 to the present. To 
date, no adjustments have been proposed in any audits that will have a material effect on the Company’s financial 
position or results of operations. 

At  February 2,  2019  and  February 3,  2018,  the  Company  had  $34  million  and  $44  million,  respectively,  of  gross 
unrecognized tax benefits, and $34 million and $44 million, respectively, of net unrecognized tax benefits that would, 
if recognized, affect the Company’s annual effective tax rate. The Company has classified certain income tax liabilities 
as current or noncurrent based on management’s estimate of when these liabilities will be settled. Interest expense 
and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are classified as income tax expense. Interest income, accrued 
interest,  and  penalties  were  not  significant  for  any  of  the  periods  presented.  The  following  table  summarizes  the 
activity related to unrecognized tax benefits: 

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Increases related to current year tax positions 
Increases related to prior period tax positions 
Decreases related to prior period tax positions 
Settlements 
Lapse of statute of limitations 
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year 

  $ 

  $ 

58 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

 44   $ 
 (3) 
 2  
 9  
 (13) 
 (3) 
 (2) 
 34   $ 

 38   $ 

 4  
 3  
 1  
 —  
 (1) 
 (1) 
 44   $ 

 38 
 1 
 8 
 1 
 (2)
 (7)
 (1)
 38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

17. Income Taxes – (continued) 

It is reasonably possible that the liability associated with the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits will increase or 
decrease within the next twelve months. These changes may be the result of foreign currency fluctuations, ongoing 
audits, or the expiration of statutes of limitations. Settlements during 2019 are not expected to be significant based 
on  current  estimates.  Audit  outcomes  and  the  timing  of  audit  settlements  are  subject  to  significant  uncertainty. 
Although management believes that adequate provision has been made for such issues, the ultimate resolution could 
have an adverse effect on the earnings of the Company. Conversely, if these issues are resolved favorably in the 
future, the related provision would be reduced, generating a positive effect on earnings. Due to the uncertainty of 
amounts and in accordance with its accounting policies, the Company has not recorded any potential consequences 
of these settlements. In addition, to the extent there are settlements in the future for certain foreign unrecognized tax 
benefits, the transition tax may also be revised accordingly. 

18. Financial Instruments and Risk Management 

The  Company  operates  internationally  and  utilizes  certain  derivative  financial  instruments  to  mitigate  its  foreign 
currency exposures, primarily related to third-party and intercompany forecasted transactions. As a result of the use 
of derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to the risk that counterparties will fail to meet their contractual 
obligations. To mitigate this counterparty credit risk, the Company has a practice of entering into contracts only with 
major financial institutions selected based upon their credit ratings and other financial factors. The Company monitors 
the creditworthiness of counterparties throughout the duration of the derivative instrument. Additional information is 
contained within Note 19, Fair Value Measurements. 

Derivative Holdings Designated as Hedges 

For  a  derivative  to  qualify  as  a  hedge  at  inception  and  throughout  the  hedged  period,  the  Company  formally 
documents the nature of the hedged items and the relationships between the hedging instruments and the hedged 
items, as well as its risk-management objectives, strategies for undertaking the various hedge transactions, and the 
methods of assessing hedge effectiveness and ineffectiveness. In addition, for hedges of forecasted transactions, 
the significant characteristics and expected terms of a forecasted transaction must be specifically identified, and it 
must  be  probable  that  each  forecasted  transaction  would  occur.  If  it  were  deemed  probable  that  the  forecasted 
transaction  would  not  occur,  the  gain  or  loss  on  the  derivative  instrument  would  be  recognized  in  earnings 
immediately. Gains or losses recognized in earnings for any of the periods presented were not significant. Derivative 
financial instruments qualifying for hedge accounting must maintain a specified level of effectiveness between the 
hedging  instrument  and  the  item  being  hedged,  both  at  inception  and  throughout  the  hedged  period,  which 
management evaluates periodically. 

The primary currencies to which the Company is exposed are the euro, British pound, Canadian dollar, and Australian 
dollar. For the most part, merchandise inventories are purchased by each geographic area in their respective local 
currency. The most significant exception to this is the United Kingdom, whose merchandise inventory purchases are 
denominated in euros. 

For option and foreign exchange forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges of the purchase of inventory, the 
effective  portion  of  gains  and  losses  is  deferred  as  a  component  of  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss 
(“AOCL”)  and  is  recognized  as  a  component  of  cost  of  sales  when  the  related  inventory  is  sold.  The  amount 
reclassified to cost of sales related to such contracts was not significant for any of the periods presented. The effective 
portion  of  gains  or  losses  associated  with  other  forward  contracts  is  deferred  as  a  component  of  AOCL  until  the 
underlying transaction is reported in earnings. The ineffective portion of gains and losses related to cash flow hedges 
recorded to earnings was not significant for any of the periods presented. When using a forward contract as a hedging 
instrument, the Company excludes the time value of the contract from the assessment of effectiveness. 

As of February 2, 2019, all of the Company’s hedged forecasted transactions extend less than twelve months into 
the future, and the Company expects all derivative-related amounts reported in AOCL to be reclassified to earnings 
within twelve months. The balance in AOCL as of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 was not significant. 

The notional value of the contracts outstanding at February 2, 2019 was $117 million, and these contracts mature at 
various dates through January 2020. 

59 

FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

18. Financial Instruments and Risk Management – (continued) 

Derivative Holdings Not Designated as Hedges 

The Company enters into certain derivative contracts that are not designated as hedges, such as foreign exchange 
forward  contracts  and  currency  option  contracts.  These  derivative  contracts  are  used  to  manage  certain  costs  of 
foreign  currency-denominated  merchandise  purchases,  intercompany  transactions,  and  the  effect  of  fluctuating 
foreign  exchange  rates  on  the  reporting  of  foreign  currency-denominated  earnings.  Changes  in  the  fair  value  of 
derivative holdings not designated as hedges, as well as realized gains and premiums paid, are recorded in earnings 
immediately  within  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  or  other  income,  depending  on  the  type  of 
transaction.  The  aggregate  amount  recognized  for  these  contracts  was  not  significant  for  any  of  the  periods 
presented.  

The notional value of foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding at February 2, 2019 was $11 million, and these 
contracts mature during January 2020. 

From time to time, the Company mitigates the effect of fluctuating foreign exchange rates on the reporting of foreign-
currency denominated earnings by entering into currency option contracts. Changes in the fair value of these foreign 
currency option contracts, which are not designated as hedges, are recorded in earnings immediately within other 
income. The realized gains, premiums paid, and changes in the fair market value recorded were not significant for 
any of the periods presented. There were no currency option contracts outstanding at February 2, 2019. 

Fair Value of Derivative Contracts 

The following represents the fair value of the Company’s derivative contracts. Many of the Company’s agreements 
allow for a netting arrangement. The following is presented on a gross basis, by type of contract: 

($ in millions)  
Hedging Instruments: 
Foreign exchange forward contracts 
Foreign exchange forward contracts 

      Balance Sheet 

Caption 

2018 

2017 

   Current assets 
   Current liabilities 

$ 
$ 

 —  
 1  

$ 
$ 

 1 
 1 

Notional Values and Foreign Currency Exchange Rates 

The table below presents the notional amounts for all outstanding derivatives and the weighted-average exchange 
rates of foreign exchange forward contracts at February 2, 2019: 

Inventory 
Buy €/Sell British £ 
Buy USD/Sell € 

Intercompany 
Buy €/Sell Kr 
Buy US $/Sell CAD $ 
Buy €/Sell CHf 
Buy €/Sell US $ 

Business Risk 

       Contract Value      Weighted-Average 

($ in millions)   

Exchange Rate 

   $ 
   $ 

   $ 
$ 
   $ 
   $ 

 106   
 11   

 5   
 2  
 3   
 1   

 0.8859 
 1.1448 

 9.7244 
 1.3273 
 1.1265 
 1.1414 

The  retailing  business  is  highly  competitive.  Price,  quality,  selection  of  merchandise,  reputation,  store  location, 
advertising, and customer experience are important competitive factors in the Company’s business. The Company 
operates in 27 countries and purchased approximately 90 percent of its merchandise in 2018 from its top 5 suppliers. 
In 2018,  the  Company  purchased  approximately  66 percent  of  its  athletic  merchandise  from  one  major  supplier, 
Nike, Inc. (“Nike”). Each of our operating divisions is highly dependent on Nike; they individually purchased 38 to 
74 percent of their merchandise from Nike. 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
      
 
 
 
  
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

18. Financial Instruments and Risk Management – (continued) 

Included in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at February 2, 2019, are the net assets of the Company’s 
European operations, which total $1,069 million and are located in 20 countries, 11 of which have adopted the euro 
as their functional currency. 

19. Fair Value Measurements 

The following table provides a summary of the recognized assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a 
recurring basis: 

As of February 2, 2019 

As of February 3, 2018 

      Level 1        Level 2        Level 3        Level 1        Level 2        Level 3 

Assets 
Equity investments 
Available-for-sale security 
Foreign exchange forward contracts   
Total Assets 

  $ 

  $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 94   $ 

 6  
 —  

 100   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 15   $ 

 7  
 1  

 23   $ 

Liabilities 
Foreign exchange forward contracts   
Total Liabilities 

  $ 

 —  
 —   $ 

 1  
 1   $ 

 —  
 —   $ 

 —  
 —   $ 

 1  
 1   $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 

The fair values of the Company’s equity investments are determined by using quoted prices for identical or similar 
instruments in markets that are not active and therefore are classified as Level 2. The fair value of the auction rate 
security is determined by using quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets and accordingly is classified 
as a Level 2 instrument. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are valued using market-based inputs to 
valuation models. These valuation models require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market prices, yield 
curves, and measures of volatility and therefore are classified as Level 2 instruments.  

In 2018 and 2017, the Company performed impairment reviews of long-lived and intangible assets for Runners Point, 
Sidestep,  and  SIX:02.  The  fair  value  of  all  of  the  assets  reviewed  for  both  periods  were  measured  using  Level  3 
inputs. Please see Note 3, Litigation and Other Charges for further information.  

There were no transfers into or out of Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 for any of the periods presented. 

The carrying value and estimated fair value of long-term debt were as follows: 

Carrying value 
Fair value 

2018 

2017 

($ in millions) 
 124  
 136  

$ 
$ 

 125 
 144 

$ 
$ 

The fair value of long-term debt is determined by using model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs or 
significant value-drivers are observable in active markets and therefore are classified as Level 2. The carrying values 
of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  restricted  cash,  and  other  current  receivables  and  payables  approximate  their  fair 
value. 

20. Retirement Plans and Other Benefits 

Pension and Other Postretirement Plans 

The Company has defined benefit pension plans covering certain of its North American employees, which are funded 
in accordance with the provisions of the laws where the plans are in effect. In addition, the Company has a defined 
benefit plan for certain individuals of Runners Point Group. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

20. Retirement Plans and Other Benefits – (continued) 

The Company also sponsors postretirement medical and life insurance plans, which are available to most of its retired 
U.S. employees. These plans are contributory and are not funded. The measurement date of the assets and liabilities 
is the month-end date that is closest to our fiscal year end.  The following tables set forth the plans’ changes in benefit 
obligations and plan assets, funded status, and amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets: 

Pension Benefits 
2017 

2018 

Postretirement Benefits 

2018 

2017 

($ in millions) 

Change in benefit obligation 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Plan participants’ contributions 
Actuarial (gain) / loss 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Plan reformation (1) 
Benefits paid 
Benefit obligation at end of year 

Change in plan assets 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 
Actual return on plan assets 
Employer contributions 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Benefits paid 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year 

Funded status 

Amounts recognized on the balance sheet: 

Other assets 
Accrued and other liabilities 
Other liabilities 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other 

comprehensive loss, pre-tax: 
Net loss (gain) 
Prior service cost 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 15   $ 
 —  
 —  
 1  
 (2) 
 —  
 —  
 (2) 
 12   $ 

 15 
 — 
 1 
 1 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 (2)
 15 

 683   $ 

 18  
 29  
 —  
 (16) 
 (4) 
 194  
 (165) 
 739   $ 

 697   $ 
 (15) 
 131  
 (4) 
 (165) 
 644   $ 

 666   $ 

 17  
 25  
 —  
 25  
 3  
 —  
 (53) 
 683   $ 

 647  
 70  
 29  
 4  
 (53) 
 697  

 (95)

 14   $ 

 (12)  $ 

 (15)

 7   $ 
 (3) 
 (99) 
 (95)  $ 

 36   $ 
 (3) 
 (19) 
 14   $ 

 —   $ 
 (1) 
 (11) 
 (12)  $ 

 391   $ 
 1  
 392   $ 

 368   $ 
 1  
 369   $ 

 (6)  $ 
 —  
 (6)  $ 

 — 
 (1)
 (14)
 (15)

 (5)
 — 
 (5)

(1) 

In connection with the pension litigation more fully disclosed in Note 22, Legal Proceedings, the Company reformed its U.S. qualified pension 
plan during the second quarter of 2018 in accordance with the court’s order. 

As of February 2, 2019, the Canadian qualified pension plan’s assets exceeded its accumulated benefit obligation. 
As of February 3, 2018, the assets of both the Canadian and U.S. qualified pension plans exceeded their accumulated 
benefit obligations. The Company’s non-qualified pension plans have an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of 
plan assets, as these plans are unfunded. Accordingly, the table below reflects both the U.S. qualified plan and the 
non-qualified plans for 2018, whereas the amounts presented for 2017 reflects the non-qualified plans.  

Projected benefit obligation 
Accumulated benefit obligation 
Fair value of plan assets 

$ 

2018 

2017 

($ in millions) 
 696  
 696  
 593  

$ 

 22 
 22 
 — 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
     
    
 
 
  
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

20. Retirement Plans and Other Benefits – (continued) 

The following tables set forth the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax) at February 2, 2019: 

Pension 
Benefits 

Postretirement 
Benefits 

Net actuarial loss (gain) at beginning of year 
Amortization of net (loss) gain 
Loss / (gain) arising during the year 
Foreign currency fluctuations 
Net actuarial loss (gain) at end of year (1) 
Net prior service cost at end of year (2) 
Total amount recognized 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

($ in millions) 
 368  
 (12) 
 37  
 (2) 
 391  
 1  
 392  

$ 

$ 

 (5)
 1 
 (2)
 — 
 (6)
 — 
 (6)

(1)  The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss that are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost (income) 

during the next year are approximately $12 million and $(1) million related to the pension and postretirement plans, respectively. 

(2)  The net prior service cost did not change during the year and is not expected to change significantly during the next year. 

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the benefit obligations under the plans: 

Discount rate 
Rate of compensation increase 

Pension Benefits 
2017 

2018 

Postretirement Benefits 

2018 

2017 

 4.0 %   
 3.6 %   

 3.7 %   
 3.6 %   

 4.1 %   

 3.7 % 

Pension  expense  is  actuarially  calculated  annually  based  on  data  available  at  the  beginning  of  each year.  The 
expected return on plan assets is determined by multiplying the expected long-term rate of return on assets by the 
market-related value of plan assets for the U.S. qualified pension plan and market value for the Canadian qualified 
pension plan. The market-related value of plan assets is a calculated value that recognizes investment gains and 
losses in fair value related to equities over three or five years, depending on which computation results in a market-
related value closer to market value. Market-related value for the U.S. qualified plan was $615 million and $585 million 
for 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Assumptions used in the calculation of net benefit cost include the discount rate selected and disclosed at the end of 
the previous year, as well as other assumptions detailed in the table below: 

Discount rate (1) 
Rate of compensation increase 
Expected long-term rate of return on assets 

 4.0 %   
 3.6 %   
 5.9 %   

 4.0 %   
 3.6 %   
 5.8 %   

 4.1 %   
 3.7 %   
 6.1 %   

 3.7 %   

 4.0 %   

 4.1 %

      2018 

Pension Benefits 
      2017 

      2016 

Postretirement Benefits 

      2018        2017        2016 

(1)  The U.S qualified pension plan was remeasured during the second quarter of 2018 in connection with the pension litigation more fully described 

in Note 22, Legal Proceedings. The discount rate used to determine the benefit obligation before the remeasurement was 3.7%.  

The expected long-term rate of return on invested plan assets is based on the plans’ weighted-average target asset 
allocation,  as  well  as  historical  and  future  expected  performance  of  those  assets.  The  target  asset  allocation  is 
selected to obtain an investment return that is sufficient to cover the expected benefit payments and to reduce the 
variability of future contributions by the Company. 

The following are the components of net periodic pension benefit cost and net periodic postretirement benefit income. 
In conjunction with the first quarter 2018 adoption of ASU 2017-07, Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715) 
Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost, service cost 
continues  to  be  recognized  as  part  of  SG&A  expense,  while  the  remaining  pension  and  postretirement  expense 
components are now recognized as part of other income. Prior periods were not reclassified as required by this ASU 
as the amounts were not considered significant.  

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
     
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
     
     
    
  
     
     
    
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

20. Retirement Plans and Other Benefits – (continued) 

The components of net benefit expense (income) are: 

Pension Benefits 

2018 

2017 

2016 

Postretirement Benefits  
2017 

2016 

2018 

  $ 

Service cost 
Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets  
Amortization of net loss (gain)   
Net benefit expense (income)    $ 

 18   $ 
 29  
 (38) 
 12  
 21   $ 

 17   $ 
 25  
 (37) 
 13  
 18   $ 

 16   $ 
 26  
 (37) 
 14  
 19   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 (1) 
 (1)  $ 

 —   $ 
 1  
 —  
 (2) 
 (1)  $ 

 — 
 1 
 — 
 (2)
 (1)

Beginning in 2001, new retirees were charged the expected full cost of the medical plan, and then-existing retirees 
will incur 100 percent of the expected future increases in medical plan costs. Any changes in the health care cost 
trend rates assumed would not affect the accumulated benefit obligation or net benefit income, since retirees will 
incur 100 percent of such expected future increases. 

The  Company  maintains  a  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  (“SERP”),  which  is  an  unfunded  plan  that 
includes provisions for the continuation of medical and dental insurance benefits to certain executive officers and 
other  key  employees  of  the  Company  (“SERP  Medical  Plan”).  The  SERP  Medical  Plan’s  accumulated  projected 
benefit obligation at February 2, 2019 was $10 million. The following initial and ultimate cost trend rate assumptions 
were used to determine the benefit obligations under the SERP Medical Plan: 

Medical Trend Rate 

Dental Trend Rate 

Initial cost trend rate 
Ultimate cost trend rate 
Year that the ultimate cost trend rate is reached 

      2018        2017        2016        2018        2017        2016 
 7.0 %   
 5.0 %   

 5.0 %   
 5.0 %   

 7.0 %   
 5.0 %   

 5.0 %   
 5.0 %   

 6.5 %   
 5.0 %   

 5.0 %
 5.0 %

2025   

2025   

2021   

2019   

2018   

2017  

The following initial and ultimate cost trend rate assumptions were used to determine the net periodic cost under the 
SERP Medical Plan: 

Medical Trend Rate 

Dental Trend Rate 

Initial cost trend rate 
Ultimate cost trend rate 
Year that the ultimate cost trend rate is reached 

      2018        2017        2016        2018        2017        2016    
 5.0 %
 5.0 %

 7.0 %   
 5.0 %   

 5.0 %   
 5.0 %   

 5.0 %   
 5.0 %   

 7.0 %   
 5.0 %   

 7.0 %   
 5.0 %   

2025   

2021   

2021   

2018   

2017   

2016  

A one percentage-point change in the assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects on the 
SERP Medical Plan: 

Effect on total service and interest cost components 
Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation 

$ 

1% Increase 

      1% (Decrease) 

($ in millions) 

$ 

 —  
 2  

 — 
 (2)

The mortality assumption used to value the Company’s 2018 and 2017 U.S. pension obligations was the RP-2017 
mortality table with generational projection using modified MP-2017 for both males and females. The Company used 
the  RP-2000  mortality  table  with  generational  projection  using  scale  AA  for  both  males  and  females  to  value  its 
Canadian pension obligations for both 2018 and 2017. For the SERP Medical Plan, the mortality assumption used to 
value the 2018 obligation was updated to the RPH-2018 table with generational projection using MP-2018, while in 
the prior year the obligation was valued using the RPH-2017 table with generational projection using MP-2017. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
    
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

20. Retirement Plans and Other Benefits – (continued) 

Plan Assets 

The  target  composition  of  the  Company’s  Canadian  qualified  pension  plan  assets  is  95 percent  fixed-income 
securities and 5 percent equities. The Company believes plan assets are invested in a prudent manner with the same 
overall objective and investment strategy as noted below for the U.S. pension plan. The bond portfolio is comprised 
of government and corporate bonds chosen to match the duration of the pension plan’s benefit payment obligations. 
This current asset allocation will limit future volatility with regard to the funded status of the plan. 

The target composition of the Company’s U.S. qualified pension plan assets is 60 percent fixed-income securities, 
36.5 percent equities, and 3.5 percent real estate. The Company may alter the asset allocation targets from time to 
time depending on market conditions and the funding requirements of the pension plan. This current asset allocation 
has and is expected to limit volatility with regard to the funded status of the plan, but may result in higher pension 
expense due to the lower long-term rate of return associated with fixed-income securities. Due to market conditions 
and other factors, actual asset allocations may vary from the target allocation outlined above. 

The Company believes plan assets are invested in a prudent manner with an objective of providing a total return that, 
over the long term, provides sufficient assets to fund benefit obligations, taking into account the Company’s expected 
contributions and the level of funding risk deemed appropriate. The Company’s investment strategy seeks to diversify 
assets among classes of investments with differing rates of return, volatility, and correlation in order to reduce funding 
risk. Diversification within asset classes is also utilized to ensure that there are no significant concentrations of risk 
in plan assets and to reduce the effect that the return on any single investment may have on the entire portfolio. 

Valuation of Investments 

Significant portions of plan assets are invested in commingled trust funds. These funds are valued at the net asset 
value of units held by the plan at year end. Stocks traded on U.S. and Canadian security exchanges are valued at 
closing market prices on the measurement date. 

The fair values of the Company’s Canadian pension plan assets at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 were as 
follows: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Equity securities: 

Canadian and international (1) 

Fixed-income securities: 
Cash matched bonds (2) 
Total assets at fair value 

     Level 1 

     Level 2 

      Level 3 

     2018 Total      2017 Total* 

  $ 

 —   $ 

 1   $ 

 —   $ 

 1   $ 

($ in millions) 

 3  

 —  

 —  

 3  

  $ 

 —  
 3   $ 

 47  
 48   $ 

 —  
 —   $ 

 47  
 51   $ 

 1 

 4 

 53 
 58 

Each category of plan assets is classified within the same level of the fair value hierarchy for 2018 and 2017. 

* 
(1)  This category comprises one mutual fund that invests primarily in a diverse portfolio of Canadian securities. 
(2)  This category consists of fixed-income securities, including strips and coupons, issued or guaranteed by the Government of Canada, provinces 
or municipalities of Canada including their agencies and crown corporations, as well as other governmental bonds and corporate bonds. 

No Level 3 assets were held by the Canadian pension plan during 2018 and 2017. 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

20. Retirement Plans and Other Benefits – (continued) 

The fair values of the Company’s U.S. pension plan assets at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 were as follows: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Equity securities: 
U.S. large-cap (1) 
U.S. mid-cap (1) 
International (2) 
Corporate stock (3) 

Fixed-income securities: 

Long duration corporate and government 
bonds (4) 
Intermediate duration corporate and 
government bonds (5) 

Other types of investments: 
Real estate securities (6) 
Insurance contracts 
Total assets at fair value 

     Level 1 

      Level 2 

      Level 3 

     2018 Total      2017 Total* 

  $ 

 —   $ 

 3   $ 

 —   $ 

 3   $ 

 4 

($ in millions) 

 —  
 —  
 —  
 22  

 —  

 —  

 —  
 —  
 22   $ 

  $ 

 106  
 32  
 72  
 —  

 234  

 104  

 20  
 —  

 571   $ 

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 106  
 32  
 72  
 22  

 234  

 104  

 20  
 —  

 593   $ 

 115 
 34 
 78 
 19 

 254 

 113 

 21 
 1 
 639 

Each category of plan assets is classified within the same level of the fair value hierarchy for 2018 and 2017. 

* 
(1)  These categories consist of various managed funds that invest primarily in common stocks, as well as other equity securities and a combination 

of other funds. 

(2)  This category comprises three managed funds that invest primarily in international common stocks, as well as other equity securities and a 

combination of other funds. 

(3)  This category consists of the Company’s common stock. 
(4)  This category consists of various fixed-income funds that invest primarily in long-term bonds, as well as a combination of other funds, that 

together are designed to exceed the performance of related long-term market indices. 

(5)  This category consists of two fixed-income funds that invest primarily in intermediate duration bonds, as well as a combination of other funds, 

that together are designed to exceed the performance of related indices. 
(6)  This category consists of one fund that invests in global real estate securities. 

No Level 3 assets were held by the U.S. pension plan during 2018 and 2017. 

Contributions and Expected Payments 

The Company made a contribution of $128 million to its U.S. qualified pension plan during 2018. Also during 2018, 
the  Company  also  paid  $3  million  in  pension  benefits  related  to  its  non-qualified  pension  plans.  The  Company 
continually  evaluates  the  amount  and  timing  of  any  potential  contributions.  The  Company  anticipates  making  a 
$55 million contribution to the U.S. qualified pension plan in early 2019 representing the remaining balance of the 
qualified settlement fund established in 2017.  

Estimated future benefit payments for each of the next five years and the five years thereafter are as follows: 

2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024-2028 

$ 

Pension 
Benefits 

Postretirement 
Benefits 

$ 

($ in millions) 
 140  
 54  
 53  
 53  
 51  
 238  

 1 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 — 
 2 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

20. Retirement Plans and Other Benefits – (continued) 

Savings Plans 

The Company has two qualified savings plans, a 401(k) plan that is available to employees whose primary place of 
employment is the U.S., and another plan that is available to employees whose primary place of employment is in 
Puerto Rico. Prior to January 1, 2018, both plans limited participation to employees who had attained at least the age 
of twenty-one and have completed one year of service consisting of at least 1,000 hours. Effective January 1, 2018, 
eligible  associates  may  contribute  to  the  plans  following  28 days  of  employment  and  are  eligible  for  Company 
matching  contributions  upon  completion  of  one year  of  service  consisting  of  at  least  1,000  hours.  As  of 
January 1, 2019, the savings plans allow eligible employees to contribute up to 40 percent of their compensation on 
a  pre-tax  basis,  subject  to  a  maximum  of  $19,000  for  the  U.S.  plan  and  $15,000  for  the  Puerto  Rico  plan.  The 
Company  matches  25 percent  of  employees’  pre-tax  contributions  on  up  to  the  first  4 percent  of  the  employees’ 
compensation (subject to certain limitations). Matching contributions made before January 1, 2016 were made with 
Company stock, subsequent to this date matching contributions were made in cash. Such matching contributions are 
vested incrementally over the first 5 years of participation for both plans. The charge to operations for the Company’s 
matching contribution was $4 million and $3 million for 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

21. Share-Based Compensation 

Stock Awards 

Under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2007 Stock Plan”), stock options, restricted stock, restricted 
stock units, stock appreciation rights, or other share-based awards may be granted to nonemployee directors, officers 
and  other  employees  of  the  Company,  including  its  subsidiaries  and  operating  divisions  worldwide.  Options  for 
employees become exercisable in substantially equal annual installments over a three-year period, beginning with 
the first anniversary of the date of grant of the option, unless a shorter or longer duration is established at the time of 
the option grant. The options terminate up to ten years from the date of grant. On May 21, 2014, the 2007 Stock Plan 
was amended to increase the number of shares of the Company’s common stock reserved for all awards to 14 million 
shares. As of February 2, 2019, there were 8,762,073 shares available for issuance under this plan. 

Employees Stock Purchase Plan 

Under the Company’s 2013 Foot Locker Employees Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), participating employees are able 
to contribute up to 10 percent of their annual compensation, not to exceed $25,000 in any plan year, through payroll 
deductions to acquire shares of the Company’s common stock at 85 percent of the lower market price on one of two 
specified dates in each plan year. Of the 3,000,000 shares of common stock authorized under this plan, there were 
2,475,699  shares  available  for  purchase  as  of  February 2,  2019.  During  2018  and  2017,  participating  employees 
purchased 48,196 shares and 109,790 shares, respectively. 

Share-Based Compensation Expense 

Total compensation expense included in SG&A and the associated tax benefits recognized related to the Company’s 
share-based compensation plans, were as follows: 

Options and shares purchased under the ESPP 
Restricted stock and restricted stock units 
Total share-based compensation expense 

Tax benefit recognized 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

67 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

 7   $ 

 15  
 22   $ 

 9   $ 
 6  

 15   $ 

 3   $ 

 4   $ 

 10 
 12 
 22 

 6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

21. Share-Based Compensation – (continued) 

Valuation Model and Assumptions 

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of share-based awards. The Black-Scholes 
option-pricing  model  incorporates  various  and  subjective  assumptions,  including  expected  term  and  expected 
volatility. 

The Company estimates the expected term of share-based awards using the Company’s historical exercise and post-
vesting employment termination patterns, which it believes are representative of future behavior. The expected term 
for the employee stock purchase plan valuation is based on the length of each purchase period as measured at the 
beginning of the offering period, which is one year. 

The Company estimates the expected volatility of its common stock at the grant date using a weighted-average of 
the Company’s historical volatility and implied volatility from traded options on the Company’s common stock. The 
Company believes that this combination of historical volatility and implied volatility provides a better estimate of future 
stock price volatility. 

The risk-free interest rate assumption is determined using the Federal Reserve nominal rates for U.S. Treasury zero-
coupon bonds with maturities similar to those of the expected term of the award being valued. The expected dividend 
yield is derived from the Company’s historical experience. 

The following table shows the Company’s assumptions used to compute the share-based compensation expense: 

Stock Option Plans 

      2018 

2017 

2016 

Stock Purchase Plan  
2017 

2016 

2018 

Weighted-average risk free rate 
of interest 
Expected volatility 
Weighted-average expected 
award life (in years) 
Dividend yield 
Weighted-average fair value 

 2.7 %    
 37 %    

 5.5   
 3.1 %    

 2.1 %    
 25 %    

 5.4   
 1.9 %    

 1.4 %    
 30 %    

 5.7   
 1.7 %    

 2.0 %    
 50 %    

 1.0   
 2.0 %    

 1.0 %    
 30 %    

 1.0   
 2.0 %    

 0.5 %
 27 %

 1.0  
 1.8 %

  $   12.42  

$ 

 14.74  

$ 

 15.71  

$ 

 15.29  

$ 

 10.96  

$ 

 13.33  

The information set forth in the following table covers options granted under the Company’s stock option plans: 

  Number 

of 
Shares 

(in thousands) 

Weighted- 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Life 
(in years) 

Options outstanding at the beginning of the year   
Granted 
Exercised 
Expired or cancelled 
Options outstanding at February 2, 2019 
Options exercisable at February 2, 2019 

 2,739  
 397  
 (163) 
 (112) 
 2,861  
 1,994  

 6.0  
 5.0  

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
(per share) 
 52.45 
 44.95 
 30.73 
 60.41 
 52.34 
 50.13 

$ 

$ 
$ 

The total fair value of options vested during 2018 and 2017 was $8 million and was $9 million during 2016. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
 
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

21. Share-Based Compensation – (continued) 

During  the year  ended  February 2,  2019,  the  Company  received  $5  million  in  cash  from  option  exercises  and 
recognized a related tax benefit of $1 million. The total intrinsic value of options exercised (the difference between 
the market price of the Company’s common stock on the exercise date and the price paid by the optionee to exercise 
the option) is presented below: 

Exercised 

2018 

2017 
($ in millions) 

2016 

$ 

 4  

$ 

 22  

$ 

 56 

The aggregate intrinsic value for stock options outstanding, and those outstanding and exercisable (the difference 
between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the period and the exercise price of the options, 
multiplied by the number of in-the-money stock options) is presented below: 

Outstanding 
Outstanding and exercisable 

2018 
($ in millions) 

$ 
$ 

 24 
 20 

As of February 2, 2019, there was $4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock 
options, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 1.4 years. 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at February 2, 2019: 

Range of Exercise 
Prices 

  Number 

     Outstanding     

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable  

Weighted- 
Average 
Remaining   
Contractual
Life 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

  Weighted- 
  Average 
  Exercise 

  Number 

     Exercisable      Price 

$9.85 to $18.84 
$24.75 to $34.75 
$44.78 to $45.75 
$46.64 to $62.11 
$63.79 to $73.21 

(in thousands, except prices per share and contractual life) 

 225   
 384   
 649   
 693   
 910  
 2,861   

 1.7   $ 
 4.0  
 7.2  
 5.7  
 7.5  
 6.0   $ 

 17.10   
 32.11   
 44.92   
 60.63   
 68.57  
 52.34   

 225   $ 
 346  
 295  
 660  
 468  
 1,994   $ 

 17.10 
 31.82 
 45.08 
 61.19 
 67.19 
 50.13 

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units 

Restricted shares of the Company’s common stock and restricted stock units (“RSU”) may be awarded to certain 
officers and key employees of the Company. Additionally, RSU awards are made to employees in connection with 
the Company’ long-term incentive program and to nonemployee directors. Each RSU represents the right to receive 
one share of the Company’s common stock provided that the performance and vesting conditions are satisfied. In 
2018, 2017, and 2016 there were 1,022,895, 360,782, and 648,588 RSU awards outstanding, respectively. 

Generally,  awards  fully  vest  after  the  passage  of  time,  typically  three years.  However,  RSU  awards  made  in 
connection with the Company’s long-term incentive program are earned after the attainment of certain performance 
metrics and vest after the passage of time. Restricted stock is considered outstanding at the time of grant and the 
holders have voting rights. Dividends are paid to holders of restricted stock that vest with the passage of time. With 
regard to performance-based restricted stock, dividends will be accumulated and paid after the performance criteria 
are met. No dividends are paid or accumulated on RSU awards. Compensation expense is recognized using the fair 
market value on the date of grant and is amortized over the vesting period, provided the recipient continues to be 
employed by the Company. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

21. Share-Based Compensation – (continued) 

Restricted stock and RSU activity is summarized as follows: 

  Weighted-Average  

Nonvested at beginning of year 
Granted (1) 
Vested 
Performance adjustment (2)  
Expired or cancelled  
Nonvested at February 2, 2019 
Aggregate value ($ in millions) 

Number 
of 
Shares 
      (in thousands)        

 374  
 683  
 (106) 
 158  
 (87) 
 1,022  
 49  

  $ 

Remaining  Weighted-Average 
Contractual 
Life 
(in years) 

Grant Date 
Fair Value 

(per share) 

  $ 

1.9   $ 

 59.15 
 45.49 
 64.32 

 58.41 
 47.47 

(1) 

(2) 

Approximately 0.4 million performance-based RSUs were granted during 2018 and are included as granted in the table above. The number 
of performance-based RSUs that are ultimately earned may vary from 0% to 200% of target depending on the achievement relative to the 
Company’s predefined financial performance targets. 
Represents adjustments that were made to performance-based RSUs previously granted. These adjustments reflect changes in estimates 
based upon the Company’s current performance against predefined financial targets.  

The total fair value of awards for which restrictions lapsed was $7 million, $15 million, and $9 million for 2018, 2017, 
and 2016, respectively. At February 2, 2019, there was $29 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related 
to nonvested restricted stock and RSU awards.  

22. Legal Proceedings 

Legal proceedings pending against the Company or its consolidated subsidiaries consist of ordinary, routine litigation, 
including administrative proceedings, incidental to the business of the Company or businesses that have been sold 
or discontinued by the Company in past years. These legal proceedings include commercial, intellectual property, 
customer, environmental, and employment-related claims. Additionally, the Company is a defendant in a purported 
meal break class action in California and a purported class action in New York alleging failure to pay for all hours 
worked by employees. The Company and certain officers of the Company are defendants in a purported securities 
law class action in New York. Additionally, the directors and certain officers of the Company are defendants in related 
derivative actions. 

Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal proceedings pending against the Company or its 
consolidated subsidiaries, as described above, would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated 
financial position, liquidity, or results of operations, taken as a whole, based upon current knowledge and taking into 
consideration current accruals. Litigation is inherently unpredictable. Judgments could be rendered or settlements 
made that could adversely affect the Company’s operating results or cash flows in a particular period.  

For the last several years, the Company and the Company’s U.S. retirement plan have been defendants in a class 
action (Osberg v. Foot Locker Inc. et ano., filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York) in 
which the plaintiff alleged that, in connection with the 1996 conversion of the retirement plan to a defined benefit plan 
with a cash balance formula, the Company and the retirement plan failed to properly advise plan participants of the 
“wear-away” effect of the conversion. In early 2018, the Company exhausted all of its legal remedies and was required 
to reform the pension plan consistent with the trial court’s decision and judgment. During the second quarter of 2018, 
the court entered its final judgment, including the ruling on the fairness of the class counsel fees. The amount accrued 
as of February 3, 2018 was $278 million. During the first quarter of 2018 the amount of the accrual was increased by 
$7  million  related  to  a  change  in  the  estimated  value  of  the  judgment,  based  on  additional  facts  as  to  how  the 
reformation should be calculated. Additionally, interest of $6 million was accrued during the first and second quarters 
of  2018  as  mandated  by  the  provisions  of  the  required  plan  reformation,  bringing  the  total  amount  accrued  to 
$291 million. In June 2018, the Company paid $97 million to class counsel representing the court-approved fees. The 
remaining balance of $194 million was reclassified to the pension plan obligation in connection with the reformation 
during the second quarter of 2018. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

23. Quarterly Results (Unaudited) 

     1st Quarter      2nd Quarter      3rd Quarter     4th Quarter (1)       Fiscal Year 

Sales 
2018 
2017 

Gross margin (2) 

2018 
2017 

Operating profit (3) 

2018 
2017 

Net income/(loss) (4), (5), (6), (7) 

2018 
2017 

Basic earnings per share (8) 

2018 
2017 

Diluted earnings per share (8) 

2018 
2017 

 2,025   
 2,001   

 1,782   
 1,701   

 1,860   
 1,870   

 2,272   $ 
 2,210   $ 

 666   
 680   

 224   
 268   

 165   
 180   

 1.39   
 1.37   

 1.38   
 1.36   

 539   
 503   

 112   
 72   

 88   
 51   

 0.76   
 0.39   

 0.75   
 0.39   

 588   
 580   

 144   
 155   

 130   
 102   

 1.14   
 0.81   

 1.14   
 0.81   

 735   $ 
 693   $ 

 219   $ 
 76   $ 

 158   $ 
 (49)  $ 

 1.40   $ 
 (0.40)  $ 

 1.39   $ 
 (0.40)  $ 

 7,939 
 7,782 

 2,528 
 2,456 

 699 
 571 

 541 
 284 

 4.68 
 2.23 

 4.66 
 2.22 

(1)  The fourth quarter of 2017 represents the 14 weeks ended February 3, 2018. 
(2)  Gross margin represents sales less cost of sales. Cost of sales includes: the cost of merchandise, freight, distribution costs including related 
depreciation  expense,  shipping  and  handling,  occupancy  and  buyers’  compensation.  Occupancy  costs  include  rent,  common  area 
maintenance charges, real estate taxes, general maintenance, and utilities. 

(3)  Operating profit represents income before income taxes, interest (income)/expense, net, and non-operating income. 
(4)  Charges  of  $12  million,  $3  million,  $2  million,  and  $1  million  were  recorded  during  the  first,  second,  third,  and  fourth  quarters  of  2018, 
respectively.  Of  these  amounts,  $13  million  represented  adjustments  to  the  estimated  cost  of  the  pension  plan  reformation  and  interest. 
Professional fees of $5 million were incurred during 2018 related to the plan reformation. During the second and fourth quarters of 2017, the 
Company recorded pre-tax charges of $50 million and $128 million, respectively, related to its U.S. retirement plan litigation. See Note 22, 
Legal Proceedings for further information. 

(5)  During the third quarter of 2017, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $13 million associated with the reorganization and the reduction 

in staff taken to improve efficiency. See Note 3, Litigation and Other Charges for further information. 

(6)  During the fourth quarters of 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded pre-tax non-cash impairment charges totaling $19 million and $20 million, 

respectively. See Note 3, Litigation and Other Charges for further information. 

(7)  During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company recorded a provisional $99 million tax liability for the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign 
sourced net earnings and a corresponding change in our permanent reinvestment assertion under ASC 740-30. During second, third, and 
fourth quarters 2018, the Company recorded benefits of $1 million, $23 million, and $4 million from the completion of the accounting for the 
Tax Act. See Note 17, Income Taxes for further information. 

(8)  Quarterly income per share amounts do not total to the annual amount due to changes in weighted-average shares outstanding during the year. 
Additionally, stock options and other potentially dilutive common shares were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per common 
share for the quarter ended February 3, 2018 as the Company reported a net loss. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
     
     
     
     
 
   
  
  
  
     
     
     
    
  
   
  
  
  
     
     
     
    
  
   
  
  
  
     
     
     
    
  
   
  
  
  
     
     
     
    
  
   
  
  
  
     
     
     
    
  
   
  
  
 
 
  
 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

There  were  no  disagreements  between  the  Company  and  its  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  on 
matters of accounting principles or practices. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

(a)  Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. 

The Company’s management performed an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of 
the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of 
the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as that term is defined in 
Rules 13a-15(e) and  15d-15(e) under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Exchange 
Act”)) as of February 2, 2019. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s CEO and CFO concluded that the 
Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  to  ensure  that  information  relating  to  the 
Company that is required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is 
recorded,  processed,  summarized,  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC  rules and 
forms, and is accumulated and communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate 
to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

(b)  Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. 

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over 
financial reporting (as that term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)). To evaluate the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, the Company uses the framework 
in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the  Treadway  Commission  (the  “2013  COSO  Framework”).  Using  the  2013  COSO  Framework,  the 
Company’s  management,  including  the  CEO  and  CFO,  evaluated  the  Company’s  internal  control  over 
financial reporting and concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective 
as  of  February 2,  2019.  KPMG  LLP,  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  that  audits  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this annual report, has issued an attestation report 
on the Company’s effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which is included in Item 9A(d). 

(c)  Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. 

We are currently migrating our point-of-sale software to a new platform. Approximately 2,200 stores have 
been converted to the new software platform as of February 2, 2019, and we currently expect to complete 
the  implementation  during  the  second  half  of  2019.  In  connection  with  this  implementation  and  resulting 
business process changes, we may make changes to the design and operation of our internal control over 
financial reporting. 

Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2018 the Company implemented a new leasing accounting system 
in advance of the adoption of the new leasing standard that is effective the first quarter of 2019. We revised 
our controls in connection with this adoption and will further refine business processes and make changes 
to the design and implementation of our internal control in connection with the new standard. 

During the Company’s last fiscal quarter there were no changes in internal control over financial reporting, 
other than the implementation of new point-of-sale software and lease accounting system noted above, that 
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting. 

(d)  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting- the 

report appears on the following page. 

72 

 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors  
Foot Locker, Inc.: 

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

We have audited Foot Locker, Inc.’s and subsidiaries (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of 
February 2,  2019,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in 
all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  February 2,  2019,  based  on  criteria 
established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of the Treadway Commission. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, 
the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for 
each  of  the years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  February 2,  2019,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively,  the 
“consolidated financial statements”), and our report dated April 2, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on those 
consolidated financial statements. 

Basis for Opinion 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for 
its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying 
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm 
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the 
U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission 
and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was 
maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an 
understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and 
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our 
audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe 
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 
New York, New York 

April 2, 2019 

73 

 
 
Item 9B. Other Information 

None. 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

(a)  Directors of the Company 

PART III 

Information relative to directors of the Company will be set forth under the section captioned “Proposal 
1-Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

(b)  Executive Officers of the Company 

Information with respect to executive officers of the Company will be set forth in Item 4A in Part I. 

(c)  Information with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 will be set 
forth under the section captioned “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy 
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

(d)  Information on our audit committee and the audit committee financial expert will be contained in the Proxy 
Statement under the section captioned “Committees of the Board” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

(e)  Information about the Code of Business Conduct governing our employees, including our Chief Executive 
Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, and the Board of Directors, will be set forth under 
the heading “Code of Business Conduct” under the Corporate Governance section of the Proxy Statement 
and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 11. Executive Compensation 

Information set forth in the Proxy Statement beginning with the section captioned “Director Compensation” through 
and including the section captioned “Pension Benefits” is incorporated herein by reference, and information set forth 
in  the  Proxy  Statement  under  the  heading  “Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation”  is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the sections captioned “Equity Compensation Plan Information” 
and “Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s Stock” is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Directors’ Independence” is incorporated 
herein by reference. 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Information about the principal accounting fees and services is set forth under the section captioned “Proposal 3: 
Ratification of the Appointment of our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Audit and Non-Audit Fees” 
in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. Information about the Audit Committee’s preapproval 
policies  and  procedures  is  set  forth  in  the  section  captioned  “Proposal  3:  Ratification  of  the  Appointment  of  our 
Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting Firm — Audit Committee  Preapproval  Policies and  Procedures” in the 
Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

74 

 
 
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)(1) and (2) Financial Statements 

PART IV 

The list of financial statements required by this item is set forth in Item 8. “Consolidated Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data.” All other schedules specified under Regulation S-X have been omitted because 
they are not applicable, because they are not required, or because the information required is included in 
the financial statements or notes thereto. 

(a)(3) and (c) Exhibits 

An index of the exhibits which are required by this item and which are included or incorporated herein by 
reference in this report appears on pages 76 through 79. 

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 

None. 

75 

 
 
 
 
FOOT LOCKER, INC. 

INDEX OF EXHIBITS 

Exhibit No.      

Description 
Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as filed by the Department of State of the State of New
York on April 7, 1989 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(i)(a) to the Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 26, 1997 filed on September 4, 1997 (the “July 26, 1997
Form 10-Q”)). 

3(i)(a) 

3(i)(b) 

3(ii) 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

10.1 

10.2† 

10.3† 

10.4† 

10.5† 

10.6† 

Certificates  of  Amendment  of  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  Registrant,  as  filed  by  the
Department of State of the State of New York on (a) July 20, 1989, (b) July 24, 1990, (c) July 9, 1997
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(i)(b) to the July 26, 1997 Form 10-Q), (d) June 11, 1998
(incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit 4.2(a) to  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form S-8
(Registration No. 333-62425) (the “1998 Form S-8”)), (e) November 1, 2001 (incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-74688) (the
“2001 Form S-8”)), and (f) May 28, 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current
Report on Form 8-K dated May 21, 2014 filed on May 28, 2014).  

By-Laws of the Registrant, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current
Report on Form 8-K dated February 20, 2018 filed on February 22, 2018). 

The rights of holders of the Registrant’s equity securities are defined in the Registrant’s Certificate of
Incorporation, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to (a) Exhibits 3(i)(a) and 3(i)(b) to the
July 26, 1997 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 4.2(a) to the 1998 Form S-8, and Exhibit 4.2 to the 2001 Form S-8.

Indenture,  dated  as  of  October 10,  1991  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit 4.1  to  the
Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-43334)). 

Form of 8-1/2% Debentures due 2022 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Current
Report on Form 8-K dated January 16, 1992). 

Credit Agreement, dated as of May 19, 2016, among Foot Locker, Inc., a New York corporation, the
guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo, National Association, as agent,
letter of credit issuer and swing line lender (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 19, 2016 filed on May 19, 2016). 

Foot  Locker  2007  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  amended  and  restated  as  of  May 21,  2014  (incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 23, 2014 filed
on December 31, 2014.  

Amendment Number One to the Foot Locker 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, amended and restated as of
May 21, 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017 filed on March 23, 2017).  

Foot Locker Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated herein
by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.3  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K  dated  March 23,  2016  filed  on
March 29, 2016) (the “March 23, 2016 Form 8-K”). 

Foot Locker Executive Incentive Cash Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 28, 2018 filed on April 3, 2018). 

Executive  Supplemental  Retirement  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10(d) to  the
Registration  Statement  on  Form 8-B  filed  on  August 7,  1989  (Registration  No. 1-10299)  (the  “8-B
Registration Statement”)). 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.      

Description 
Amendment  to  the  Executive  Supplemental  Retirement  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
Exhibit 10(c)(i) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 1995 filed on
April 24, 1995). 

10.7† 

10.8† 

Amendment  to  the  Executive  Supplemental  Retirement  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
Exhibit 10(d)(ii) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 27, 1996 filed
on April 26, 1996). 

10.9† 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 13, 2007 filed on August 17, 2007). 

10.10† 

10.11† 

10.12† 

10.13† 

10.14† 

10.15† 

10.16† 

10.17† 

10.18† 

10.19† 

10.20† 

10.21† 

10.22† 

Amendment  to  the  Foot  Locker  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by
reference  to  Exhibit 10.1  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K  dated  May 25,  2011  filed  on
May 27, 2011). 

Amendment Number Two to the Foot Locker Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 26, 2014 filed on
April 1, 2014 (the “March 26, 2014 Form 8-K”)). 

Foot  Locker  Directors’  Retirement  Plan,  as  amended  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
Exhibit 10(k) to the 8-B Registration Statement). 

Amendments  to  the  Foot  Locker  Directors’  Retirement  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
Exhibit 10(c) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 28, 1995
filed on December 11, 1995). 

Foot Locker, Inc. Excess Cash Balance Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009 filed on March 30, 2009 (the
“2008 Form 10-K”)). 

Automobile  Expense  Reimbursement  Program  for  Senior  Executives  (incorporated  herein  by
reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the 2008 Form 10-K). 

Executive  Medical  Expense  Allowance  Program  for  Senior  Executives  (incorporated  herein  by
reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the 2008 Form 10-K). 

Financial  Planning  Allowance  Program  for  Senior  Executives  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
Exhibit 10.28 to the 2008 Form 10-K). 

Long-Term  Disability  Program  for  Senior  Executives  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
Exhibit 10.32 to the 2008 Form 10-K). 

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Award Agreement for Executive Officers (incorporated herein by
reference  to  Exhibit 10.40  to  the  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the  fiscal year  ended
January 28, 2006 filed on March 27, 2006). 

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Award Agreement for Executive Officers (incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the March 26, 2014 Form 8-K).  

From  of  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.2  to  the
March 26, 2014 Form 8-K). 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to
the March 28, 2013 Form 8-K). 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.23† 

10.24† 

10.25† 

Exhibit No.      

Description 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for RSU portion of long-term incentive compensation
awards (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the March 23, 2016 Form 8-K). 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for long-term incentive RSU awards (incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to March 23, 2016 Form 8-K). 

Form of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  (New  Hire)  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 30, 2016 filed
on September 7, 2016). 

10.26† 

Form of Accelerate Future Growth Award Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1
to the Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 12, 2018 filed on April 18, 2018.) 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

Form of indemnification agreement, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to
the 8-B Registration Statement). 

Amendment to form of indemnification agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to
the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended May 5, 2001 filed on June 13, 2001
(the “May 5, 2001 Form 10-Q”)). 

Trust Agreement dated as of November 12, 1987 (“Trust Agreement”), between F.W. Woolworth Co.
and  The  Bank  of  New  York,  as  amended  and  assumed  by  the  Registrant  (incorporated  herein  by
reference to Exhibit 10(j) to the 8-B Registration Statement). 

10.30 

Amendment  to  Trust  Agreement  made  as  of  April 11,  2001  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
Exhibit 10.4 to the May 5, 2001 Form 10-Q).  

10.31† 

10.32† 

10.33† 

Employment  Agreement,  dated  November 6,  2014,  by  and  between  Richard  A.  Johnson  and  the
Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated
November 3, 2014 filed on November 7, 2014). 

Form of Senior Executive Employment Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1
to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 20, 2015 filed on April 20, 2015). 

Form of Executive Employment Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 filed on March 24, 2016). 

21* 

  Subsidiaries of the Registrant. 

23* 

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. 

31.1* 

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

31.2* 

  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32** 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

101.INS*    XBRL Instance Document. 

101.SCH*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema. 

101.CAL*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase. 

101.DEF*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.  

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.      
101.LAB*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase. 

Description 

101.PRE*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase. 

†  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

* 

Filed herewith 

**  Furnished herewith 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

FOOT LOCKER, INC. 

By: /s/ RICHARD A. JOHNSON 
Richard A. Johnson 
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive 
Officer 

Date: April 2, 2019 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  on 
April 2, 2019, by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities indicated. 

/s/ RICHARD A. JOHNSON 
Richard A. Johnson 
Chairman of the Board, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ GIOVANNA CIPRIANO 
Giovanna Cipriano 
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer 

/s/ MAXINE CLARK 
Maxine Clark 
Director 

/s/ ALAN D. FELDMAN 
Alan D. Feldman 
Director 

/s/ GUILLERMO G. MARMOL 
Guillermo G. Marmol 
Director 

/s/ MATTHEW M. MCKENNA 
Matthew M. McKenna 
Director 

/s/ LAUREN B. PETERS 
Lauren B. Peters 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 

/s/ STEVEN OAKLAND 
Steven Oakland 
Director 

/s/ ULICE PAYNE, JR. 
Ulice Payne, Jr. 
Director 

/s/ CHERYL NIDO TURPIN 
Cheryl Nido Turpin 
Director 

/s/ KIMBERLY K. UNDERHILL 
Kimberly K. Underhill 
Director 

/s/ DONA D. YOUNG 
Dona D. Young 
Lead Director 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 21 

FOOT LOCKER, INC. SUBSIDIARIES (1) 

The  following  is  a  list  of  subsidiaries  of  Foot  Locker,  Inc.  as  of  February 2,  2019,  omitting  some 
subsidiaries, which, considered in the aggregate, would not constitute a significant subsidiary. 

State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation 
Name 
Wisconsin  
Eastbay, Inc.  
Ireland  
FL Finance (Europe) Limited  
Ireland  
FL Finance Europe (US) Limited  
Netherlands  
FLE Holdings Coöperatief U.A. 
Netherlands 
FLE Logistics B.V. 
FLE Partners LLC 
Delaware 
Foot Locker Artigos Desportivos e de Tempos Livres, Lda.   Portugal  
Foot Locker Asia Pte. Ltd. 
Foot Locker Australia, Inc.  
Foot Locker Austria GmbH  
Foot Locker Belgium BVBA  
Foot Locker Canada Co.  
Foot Locker Corporate Services, Inc.  
Foot Locker Czech Republic s.r.o. 
Foot Locker Denmark B.V. 
Foot Locker ETVE, Inc. 
Foot Locker Europe B.V.  
Foot Locker Europe.com B.V. 
Foot Locker Europe.com GmbH 
Foot Locker France S.A.S.  
Foot Locker Germany GmbH & Co. KG  
Foot Locker Greece Athletic Goods Ltd.  
Foot Locker Hong Kong Ltd. 
Foot Locker Hungary Kft.  
Foot Locker Istanbul Sport Giyim Sanayi ve Ticaret LS  
Foot Locker Italy S.r.l.  
Foot Locker Malaysia Sdn. Bhd. 
Foot Locker Netherlands B.V.  
Foot Locker New Zealand, Inc.  
Foot Locker Norway B.V. 
Foot Locker Poland Sp. z o.o. 
Foot Locker Retail Ireland Limited  
Foot Locker Retail, Inc. 
Foot Locker Scandinavia B.V.  
Foot Locker Singapore Pte. Ltd. 
Foot Locker Sourcing, Inc.  
Foot Locker Spain C.V. 
Foot Locker Spain S.L.  
Foot Locker Specialty, Inc.  
Foot Locker Stores, Inc.  
Foot Locker Switzerland LLC 
Footlocker.com, Inc.  
Freedom Sportsline Limited  
RPG Logistics GmbH 
Runners Point Administration GmbH 
Runners Point B.V. & Co. K.G. 
Runners Point Switzerland LLC 
Sidestep GmbH 
Team Edition Apparel, Inc.  

Singapore 
Delaware  
Austria  
Belgium  
Canada  
Delaware  
Czech Republic 
Netherlands 
Delaware 
Netherlands  
Netherlands 
Germany 
France  
Germany  
Greece  
Hong Kong 
Hungary  
Turkey  
Italy  
Malaysia 
Netherlands  
Delaware  
Netherlands 
Poland 
Ireland  
New York 
Netherlands  
Singapore 
Delaware  
Netherlands 
Spain  
New York  
Delaware  
Switzerland  
Delaware  
United Kingdom  
Germany 
Germany 
Germany 
Switzerland 
Germany 
Florida  

(1) 

Each subsidiary company is 100% owned, directly or indirectly, by Foot Locker, Inc. All subsidiaries are consolidated
with Foot Locker, Inc. for accounting and financial reporting purposes. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Exhibit 23 

The Board of Directors 
Foot Locker, Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following registration statements of Foot Locker, Inc. 
and subsidiaries of our reports dated April 2, 2019, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of 
Foot  Locker,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as  of  February  2,  2019  and  February  3,  2018,  and  the  related 
consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for 
each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  February  2,  2019,  and  the  related  notes,  and  the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2019, which reports appear in 
the February 2, 2019 annual report on Form 10‑K of Foot Locker, Inc. 

Form S-8 No. 33-10783 
Form S-8 No. 33-91888 
Form S-8 No. 33-91886 
Form S-8 No. 33-97832 
Form S-8 No. 333-07215 
Form S-8 No. 333-21131 
Form S-8 No. 333-62425 
Form S-8 No. 333-33120 
Form S-8 No. 333-41056 
Form S-8 No. 333-41058 
Form S-8 No. 333-74688 
Form S-8 No. 333-99829 
Form S-8 No. 333-111222 
Form S-8 No. 333-121515 
Form S-8 No. 333-144044 
Form S-8 No. 333-149803 
Form S-3 No. 33-43334 
Form S-3 No. 33-86300 
Form S-3 No. 333-64930 
Form S-8 No. 333-167066 
Form S-8 No. 333-171523 
Form S-8 No. 333-190680 
Form S-8 No. 333-196899 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

New York, New York 
April 2, 2019 

Exhibit 31.1 

I, Richard A. Johnson, certify that: 

CERTIFICATION 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Foot Locker, Inc. (the “Registrant”); 

   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by
this report; 

   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

   The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) 
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the Registrant and have: 

   a) 

   b) 

   c) 

   d) 

   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material 
information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this
report is being prepared; 

   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control
over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles; 

   e valuated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and
presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure 
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on
such evaluation; and 

   disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  Registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial
reporting  that  occurred  during  the  Registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the
Registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting; and 

5. 

   The  Registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the Audit
Committee of the Registrant’s Board of Directors: 

   a) 

   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal
control  over  financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the
Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

   b) 

    any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

April 2, 2019 

/s/ RICHARD A. JOHNSON 
Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

I, Lauren B. Peters, certify that: 

CERTIFICATION 

1.      I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Foot Locker, Inc. (the “Registrant”); 

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or 
omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by
this report; 

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.     The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) 
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the Registrant and have: 

   a) 

   b) 

   c) 

   d) 

   designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls
and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others  within  those  entities,  particularly  during  the  period  in  which  this  report  is  being
prepared; 

   designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control
over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles; 

   evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and  procedures,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report  based  on  such
evaluation; and 

   disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  Registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial
reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s
fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is
reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  Registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial
reporting; and 

5.     The  Registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the Audit
Committee of the Registrant’s Board of Directors: 

   a) 

   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal
control  over  financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the
Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

   b) 

    any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who

have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

April 2, 2019 

/s/ LAUREN B. PETERS 
Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32 

FOOT LOCKER, INC. 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Foot Locker, Inc. (the “Registrant”) for the period 
ended February 2, 2019, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the 
“Report”), Richard A. Johnson, as Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant and Lauren B. Peters, as 
Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, each hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that: 

(1)     the  Report  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities

Exchange Act of 1934; and 

    (2)    the  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial

condition and results of operations of the Registrant. 

Dated: April 2, 2019 

/s/ RICHARD A. JOHNSON   
Richard A. Johnson  
Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ LAUREN B. PETERS   
Lauren B. Peters 
Chief Financial Officer 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed 
as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document. Such certification will not be deemed to be 
incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that the company specifically incorporates it 
by reference. 

 
  
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Foot Locker, Inc. (NYSE:FL) is a leading global retailer of athletically inspired shoes and apparel.  Headquartered in New York City, 

the company operates 3,221 athletic retail stores in 27 countries, as well as websites and mobile apps, under the brand names 

Foot Locker, Champs Sports, Eastbay, Kids Foot Locker, Footaction, Lady Foot Locker, Runners Point, and Sidestep. 

With its various marketing channels and experiences across North America, Europe, Asia, Australia, and New Zealand, the 

Company’s purpose is to inspire and empower youth culture around the world, by fueling a shared passion for self-expression and 

creating unrivaled experiences at the heart of the sport and sneaker communities.

Financial Highlights*

 2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018

Sales** 

$ 7,151  $ 7,412   $ 7,766   $ 7,687  

 $ 7,939

Sales per Gross Square Foot 

$  490   $  504   $  515   $  495   $  504

  Earnings Before Interest and Taxes** 

$  816   $  946   $ 1,012   $  762  

 $  741 

  EBIT Margin 

  Net Income** 

 11.4% 

 12.8% 

 13.0% 

  9.9% 

  9.3%

$  522  

 $  606  

 $  652  

 $  510  

 $  547

  Net Income Margin 

  7.3% 

  8.2% 

  8.4% 

  6.6% 

  6.9%

  Diluted EPS from Continuing Operations 

 $  3.58  

 $  4.29  

 $  4.82  

 $  3.99  

 $  4.71

  Return on Invested Capital 

 15.0% 

 15.8% 

 15.1% 

 11.0% 

 12.0%

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term  
  Investment Position, Net of Debt** 

$  833   $  891   $  919  $  724   $  767

* Results in this table and throughout pages 1 through 16 refer to non-GAAP, adjusted figures, on a 52-week basis. 
  See pages 16-19 of Form 10-K for the reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP adjusted results. 

** In Millions

Financial Highlights .............................................................   1 
Customer Connected ...........................................................   2
Letter to Shareholders ........................................................   3
COLLECTIONS ......................................................................   7
CONTENT .............................................................................   9
COMMUNITY.........................................................................   11

CONNECTIVITY .....................................................................   13
CONVENIENCE .....................................................................   15
Social Responsibility ............................................................   17
Form 10-K ............................................................................   18
Board of Directors, Corporate Management, 
Division Management, Corporate Information ....................  IBC

This  report  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  federal  securities  laws.  Other  than  statements  of  historical  facts,  all  statements 
which address activities, events, or developments that the Company anticipates will or may occur in the future, including, but not limited to, such things as future 
capital expenditures, expansion, strategic plans, financial objectives, dividend payments, stock repurchases, growth of the Company’s business and operations, 
including future cash flows, revenues, and earnings, and other such matters, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on 
many assumptions and factors which are detailed in the Company’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

These forward-looking statements are based largely on our expectations and judgments and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which 
are unforeseeable and beyond our control. For additional discussion on risks and uncertainties that may affect forward-looking statements, see “Risk Factors” 
disclosed  in  the  2018  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Any  changes  in  such  assumptions  or  factors  could  produce  significantly  different  results.  The  Company 
undertakes no obligation to update forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. 

1

44842_Cover.indd   4-6

BOAR D OF 
DIRECTORS

COR POR ATE 
MANAGEMENT 

DIVI SION   
MANAGEMENT

Richard A. Johnson 1
Chairman 
President and Chief Executive Officer

Richard A. Johnson 
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer  

Maxine Clark 3, 5
Founder and Retired  
Chief Executive Bear 
Build-A-Bear Workshop, Inc.

Alan D. Feldman 3, 5
Retired Chairman,  
President and Chief  
Executive Officer
Midas, Inc.   

Guillermo G. Marmol 1, 2, 5
President 
Marmol & Associates

Matthew M. McKenna 1, 2, 5
Executive in Residence  
Georgetown University,  
McDonough School of Business;  
General Partner  
Open Prairie Rural Opportunities 
Fund, L.P.

Steven Oakland 1, 3, 4 
Chief Executive Officer and President
TreeHouse Foods, Inc.

Lauren B. Peters 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

Pawan Verma 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Information and  
Customer Connectivity Officer 

Giovanna Cipriano
Senior Vice President and
Chief Accounting Officer

Stephen D. Jacobs 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Executive Officer—  
North America

Franklin R. Bracken
Vice President and General  
Manager, Foot Locker U.S. and 
Lady Foot Locker

Andrew I. Gray
Vice President and  
Chief Merchandising Officer

Guy M. Harkless
Vice President and General  
Manager, Foot Locker Canada 

Sheilagh M. Clarke 
Senior Vice President, 
General Counsel and Secretary

Bryon W. Milburn
Senior Vice President and  
General Manager, Champs Sports

Todd Greener 
Senior Vice President—
Global Supply Chain

Scott Martin
Senior Vice President, 
Chief Strategy and  
Development Officer

Kenneth W. Side 
Vice President and General  
Manager, Footaction

Sreeharsha Upadhyayula 
Vice President and General  
Manager, Eastbay

Ulice Payne, Jr. 2, 4  
President and Managing Member 
Addison-Clifton, LLC

Elizabeth S. Norberg
Senior Vice President and
Chief Human Resources Officer

Vijay Talwar 
Executive Vice President and Chief 
Executive Officer—EMEA

Cheryl Nido Turpin 3, 4
Retired President and 
Chief Executive Officer
The Limited Stores

James R. Lance 
Vice President 
Corporate Finance and 
Investor Relations 

Kimberly K. Underhill 1, 3, 5
President, North America Consumer
Kimberly-Clark Corporation

John A. Maurer 
Vice President, 
Treasurer 

Dennis E. Sheehan
Vice President and
Deputy General Counsel

Caryn M. Steinert
Vice President—
Global Total Rewards

Dona D. Young 1, 2, 4   
Lead Director
Retired Chairman,  
President and Chief Executive Officer
The Phoenix Companies, Inc.

1   Member of Executive Committee

2   Member of Audit Committee

3   Member of Compensation and  

Management Resources Committee

4   Member of Nominating and  

Corporate Governance Committee

5   Member of Finance and  

Strategic Planning Committee

Nicholas Jones 
Vice President and General  
Manager, Foot Locker Europe

Kick van der Staak
Vice President and General  
Manager, Runners Point and 
Sidestep 

Lewis P. Kimble 
Executive Vice President and Chief 
Executive Officer—Asia Pacific 

Natalie Ellis 
Vice President and General  
Manager, Foot Locker Pacific

Tomas Petersson  
Vice President and General  
Manager, Foot Locker Asia 

CO RPO RATE 
INFORMATION

Corporate Headquarters
330 West 34th Street 
New York, New York 10001 
(212) 720-3700 

Worldwide Website 
Our website at www.footlocker-inc.com 
offers information about our Company, 
as well as online versions of our Form 
10-K, SEC reports, quarterly results, 
press releases, and corporate gover-
nance documents.   

Transfer Agent and Registrar 
Computershare
P.O. Box 505000
Louisville, Kentucky 40233 
(866) 857-2216 
(201) 680-6578 Outside U.S. and Canada 
(800) 952-9245 Hearing Impaired -TTY Phone 
www.computershare.com/investor  

Overnight correspondence  
should be sent to:  
462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600, 
Louisville, Kentucky 40202 

Independent Registered Public  
Accounting Firm 
KPMG LLP
345 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10154
(212) 758-9700

Dividend Reinvestment 
Dividends on Foot Locker, Inc. 
common stock may be reinvested 
through participation in the Dividend 
Reinvestment Program. Participating 
shareowners may also make optional 
cash purchases of Foot Locker, Inc. 
common stock. Please contact our 
Transfer Agent. 

Service Marks and Trademarks
The service marks and trademarks  
Foot Locker, Footaction, Lady Foot 
Locker, Kids Foot Locker, Champs 
Sports, footlocker.com, Eastbay, Team 
Edition, SIX:02, Runners Point, and 
Sidestep are owned by Foot Locker, Inc. 
or its affiliates.  

Investor Information 
Investor inquiries should be directed 
to the Investor Relations Department 
at  (212) 720-4600.

4/4/19   4:06 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
330 WEST 34TH STREET 
New York, NY 10001

2018 ANNUAL REPORT

2
0
1
8
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

CUSTO MER 
CONNECTED

CUS TOMER 
CONNECTED

44842_Cover.indd   1-3

4/4/19   4:06 PM